PART.

II
Technical Specification & Commercial Conditions

1 Quality Assurance
 Notice Inviting Tender

Tender Notice No: GETCO/ CE(PROJ.)/SEC/26/P28 /09-10/ FOR CIVIL WORK

Sealed percentage rate tenders are invited in two separate sealed covers Super scribed
technical bid and price bid for “Construction of foundations for Deodar & Thavar
bays (4 Nos) at 220 kv Tharad S/S under Palanpur Tr.Circle.” from Registered
Contractors in appropriate class with GETCO/Central/State Government/ Railway/Semi.
Govt. and who has executed civil works successfully as mentioned in Qualification
requirement criteria given in the tender document.

Tenderer should down load the tender documents from the Web site www.gseb.com and
submit the same as per instructions therein only by RPAD/Speed post.

Sr. No. Name of Work Estimated Time Tender E.M.D. Appropriat

Cost Rs. Limit Fee Rs. Rs. e
class
26/P28 Construction of 7121643.00 04 7150/- 71500/- Class-B &
foundations for above
Months
DEODAR & THAVAR
bays (4 Nos) at 220
kv THARAD s/s.

1) Last date of submission of tender:(Technical and Price bids): (Only by RPAD /

Speed post) 14.12.2009 (During working Hrs. up to 14.00 Hrs.)

2) Due date of opening of Tech. bid: 14.12.2009 (at 15.00 Hrs.)

3) Validity of tender: 180 Days from the date of opening of Technical Bid.
Bidders are requested to remain in touch with our Web site for extension in
date corrigendum etc. for the above tenders till opening of technical bid,

No tender shall be accepted / opened in case of receipt after due date and time of
tender, irrespective of delay due to postal services or any other reasons and the
Corporation shall not assume any responsibility for late receipt of tender.

The tenders are to be submitted by the intending bidders with forwarding letter on
their letter head showing list of documents attached with the tender duly signed
by Authorised Person of their firm, affixing stamp of their firm, in single envelop
with two separate sealed and super scribed envelopes as listed below:

Envelope No.1: Technical bid and Post Qualification bid data, details specification.

Envelope No.2: Price Bid.

Technical and post qualification bid details specification (envelope No.1) will be opened
first and subject to evaluation based on the qualification criteria contained in the
individual bid document.

2 Quality Assurance
Price bids (Envelope No.2) of bidders who are assessed and declared as substantially
technically responsive on evaluation of the technical bid will be opened for further
commercial evaluation.
The Earnest Money Deposit and tender fee will be accepted by Demand Draft on any
Nationalized Bank only situated at “VADODARA”, drawn in favor of “GUJARAT
ENERGY TRANSMISSION CORPORATION LTD.” Tender without EMD and tender
fee shall be rejected. Two separate demand draft for Tender fee and EMD should be
submitted with technical bid.
The Corporation reserves the rights to reject any or all tenders or accept any tender
without assigning any reason thereof.

The GETCO reserves the right to award the work to one or more bidders, considering
their technical and financial capacity OR to reject any or all tenders or accept any
tender without assigning any reason thereof.

Chief Engineer (Project)

GETCO, H. O., Vadodara.390007

3 Quality Assurance
 SECTION – A
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE BIDDERS

4 Quality Assurance
 GUJARAT ENERGY TRANSMISSION CORPORATION LTD
GETCO DEPARTMENT
Head office, Sardar Patel Vidyut Bhavan, Baroda – 390 007

Web site: www.gseb.com, Phone no: 0265 – 2310582 to 586

Fax No:0265 – 2337918, 2338164 Phone no: (Direct) 0265 – 2337884

(A) INSTRUCTIONS TO THE BIDDERS

(A1) SCOPE OF WORK :

Major works covered in this work are “Name of Work: ““Construction of foundations for
DEODAR & THAVAR bays (4 Nos) at 220 kv THARAD S/S under Palanpur
Tr.Circle.” as per specifications and terms mentioned here under.

1. The site of proposed work is situated at existing 220 kv Tharad S/S in B.K. District.
The works shall be carried out as per tenders specifications & detailed work order.

(2) Any activity not specifically mentioned in the tender but necessary in the opinion of
engineer in charge of work must be carried out for successful completion of the job, on
getting approval of competent authority of GETCO.

(3) Before taking up construction activity; the agency has to cut the trees which obstruct the
working, of any diameter, bushes, vegetations, i.e. roots, plant, shrubs, grass etc
including stacking and crediting to GETCO as directed with no extra cost.

(4) Site visit: The bidder is advised to visit the site and examine the site condition. Where in
the work is proposed to be carried out and to get himself fully acquainted at his own
responsibility for all information that may be necessary for quoting the tender bid and
entering in to contract. All cost and liabilities arising out of the site visit shall be at bidder
account.

(A2) Earnest money Deposit:

1. Bidders are requested to pay an earnest money deposit (1 % of estimated cost) by

demand draft only on any Nationalized Bank at Baroda for the amount as specified in
the tender notice. Payment of EMD in form of Cheque or any other form shall not be
accepted.
2. The EMD shall be submitted along with submission of Technical bid only. In no case it
shall be submitted with sealed cover of Price Bid.
3. Tenders not accompanied by EMD shall be rejected.
4. If during the tender validity period, i.e. 180 days, the tenderer withdraws his tender, the
EMD shall be forfeited and the tenderer may be disqualified from tendering for further
works of GETCO.
5. The EMD will be returned promptly to the unsuccessful tenderer. The EMD will be
returned to the successful tenderer after he furnishes the Security Deposit for
performance and duly enters in to the contract. If he fails to furnish the SD or to execute

5 Quality Assurance
 the contract for the work offered to him, his EMD shall be forfeited and the tenderer may
be disqualified from tendering for further works for GETCO.
(A3) COMPLETION PERIOD: The time limit for the completion of the above work
will be 04 (Four) Calendar months from the commencement of the work, which
will be reckoned on the 10th day of issuance of L.O.I.
(A4) SECURITY DEPOSIT:
As per prevailing rules of the Corporation, 5% of the contract value shall be paid as ‘Security
Deposit’. Out of this, 50 % of S. D. shall be paid at H. O. Vadodara within 10 days from receipt
of letter of intent either
a) In form of FDR in favor of "Gujarat Energy Transmission Corporation Ltd. " of any
Nationalized Bank OR
b) In form of Bank Guarantee of any Nationalized Bank as per the approved format of the
Corporation.
The balance 50 % Security Deposit shall be recovered from first two R.A. Bills in equal
installments.
Alternatively 100 % S. D. in form of FDR or B. G. may be submitted on receipt of LOI.
The security deposit will be refunded only after the completion of 1 year guarantee
period of work completed or finalization of final bill whichever is later.
If Security Deposit is not paid within 10 days of issue of LOI, EMD paid will be forfeited
and Corporation will not deal with party for the period of two years.
(A5) Other Instructions:
1 Tenders must be submitted in the enclosed schedule of work & quantities. Those
received in any other form will not be accepted. They should be accompanied by a
covering letter in which the bidder should give all information as called for in the
specifications & any other point which he would like to be considered along with the
tender.
2 The Schedule-B shall be filled up with the quoted % above or below & shall be
submitted in sealed envelope superscripted– PRICE BID for “Name of work:-
“Construction of foundations for Deodar & Thavar bays (4 Nos) at 220 kv
Tharad S/S under Palanpur Tr.Circle.” The Quoted % above or below shall be
written both in words, & figures & the units in words. If any discrepancy occurs
between words & figures, then words shall prevail. The tender documents shall
be written legibly & free from erasure, overwriting or conversions of figures,
crossing out, initializing, dating & rewriting, shall be avoided. In case of any
deviation in figure and words the rates quoted in words will prevail. The bidder
must sign and affix seal of their company in all the documents of tender including
Schedule-B.
3 The bidders shall note that no deviations from the technical specifications or commercial
conditions with this bid are acceptable & it will be presumed that the bidder agrees
entirely with the specifications & general terms &conditions of the contract.
4 The Corporation reserves the right to accept any tender irrespective of whether it is
lowest or not or to reject all the tenders without assigning any reasons there of. Tenders
departing from the technical Specification or the method of bidding in a radical manner
may also be rejected.
5 On acceptance of the tender the name(s) of the accredited representative(s) of the
tenderer who would be responsible for taking instructions from the Engineers of the
Corporation shall be communicated to the Chief Engineer (Projects), Gujarat Energy
Transmission Corporation, Head Office, Vadodara. 390007.
6 All royalties, sales tax, toll tax, local tax, development charges, Works Contract taxes,
VAT & any other taxes etc. in respect of this contract shall be payable by the contractor
& Gujarat Energy Transmission Corporation will not entertain any claims whatsoever in
this aspect. Any statutory variation in future towards the above mentioned taxes and
imposing any new tax that shall also be payable by the contractor & Gujarat Energy
Transmission Corporation shall not entertain any claim of whatsoever nature, during or

6 Quality Assurance
 after the completion of this tendered work. Proof of such payments made by the
Contractor to the appropriate departments shall be produced to Gujarat Energy
Transmission Corporation failing which appropriate amount shall be withheld on getting
information / instruction from the concerned departments.
6A. Service tax shall be reimbursed on production of proof of such payments made
by the contractor to the appropriate department.

7. The successful contractor will have to sign an agreement as per the Gujarat Energy
Transmission Corporation rules on stamped paper & the necessary stamp duty charges
shall be borne by the contractor.
8. The bidder shall visit the site and carefully study the work to be carried. The Corporation
will not pay any extra or rate for any reason in case the contractor claims, after
acceptance of contract, to have misjudged the site condition.
9. The percentage quoted shall include cost towards of all materials, & machinery including
equipments, fixtures, labour, constructional equipments, fuel, scaffolding, staging,
ramps, walkways, approach and haul road, temporary works, etc. bearing permanent or
temporary nature necessary for the completion of the work in all respects, except for
those items specifically mentioned to be furnished by the Corporation. The contractor
must also arrange for the transport of materials & include all such costs in the rates
quoted by him for finished work.
10. During the execution of the work if it is found that the work is not progressing as per the
Scheduled Progress Program, approved by the Corporation & planned by the
Contractor, due to the reasons attributable to the Contractor; suitable action shall be
taken as per relevant clauses mentioned in General Conditions of Contract..
11. The contract or any part thereof shall not be subject to change without the written
permission of the Chief Engineer (Projects), Gujarat Energy Transmission Corporation,
Head Office, Vadodara or his authorized representatives.
12. Tender shall remain open for acceptance for a period of 180 days from the date of
Technical bid opening & during this period no bidder shall be allowed to withdraw his
tender. Any such withdrawals, during the said period will entail forfeiture of the earnest
money deposited with the tender. The GETCO will take further action as deemed fit like
not to deal with bidder in GETCO works.
13. Further information required, if any, can be had from the office of the Chief Engineer
(Projects), Gujarat Energy Transmission Corporation, Head Office, Vadodara. But it
must be clearly understood that the tenders must be received complete in every
respects by the due date & time
14. The notice inviting tender, general instructions to the contractors & all documents of this
tender shall form part of the contract.
15. The works under this contract shall be completed in all respects within stipulated period
from the date of commencement order issued by field office. However, interim mile
stones to be jointly fixed after issue of LOI.
16. Bidders must quote firm price only, till completion of work under contract, & this is to be
confirmed by bidder while submitting his offer. No escalation towards labor and
material / fuel shall be paid in this execution of contract.
17. Contractor shall pay minimum wages to his laborers as per the Minimum Wages Act,
1948 & rules there under as applicable from time to time in pursuant to the State
Government notification. The concerned contractor shall submit the details of the
payment with due certificate of LWO/IRO of the Corporation
18. Once the offer submitted will not be returned back for any reason thereof in any
case.
19. Each tender shall contain the name, residence & place of business of person or
persons making the tender & shall be signed by the tenderer with his usual signature
with seal of the company.
20. Tender by partnerships shall furnish the full names of all partners. It shall be signed with
the partnership name by one of the members of the partnership or by an authorized
representative followed by the name &designation of the person signing.

7 Quality Assurance
21. An attested copy of the constitution of the firm with the name of partners shall be
furnished. Whenever, whether in submission of the tender or later in other matters, the
signatures are made by one person on behalf of Directors or a firm or a corporation, an
attested copy of the resolution of the partners or of law shall be supplied by the tenderer
authorizing Witnesses & sureties shall be persons of status & probity, &their names,
occupation & address shall be stated below their signatures. All signatures shall be
dated.
22. Tenders by corporation shall be signed with the legal name of the corporation followed
by the name of the state of incorporation & by the signature & designation of the
president, secretary or other person authorized to bind it in the matter with rubber seal of
the company.
23. The GETCO reserves the right to delete any item of Schedule-B for which contractor
shall not have any right to claim on this account.
24. The Bidders shall study the Conditions of site & shall resort to dewatering, where
necessary, by appropriate methods & maintain reasonably dry areas to work at and no
extra claim will be entertain on this account.
25. The Contractor shall prepare all required roads to execute various items of this Contract
& arrange all transport of materials & all such costs shall be taken care of while quoting
the rates .
No extra payments shall be admissible towards such costs. On completion, this shall be
cleared if asked by GETCO at no extra cost.
26. Gujarat Energy Transmission Corporation shall not entertain idle charges for any site
conditions or any circumstances.
27. The Contractor shall take all requisite & necessary care to observe that no damage is
occurred to the Existing structures, if any. For any damage to the Existing Structures of
Gujarat Energy Transmission Corporation the Contractor shall be held responsible.
28. The submission of any bid connected with these document and specification shall
constitute on agreement that bidder shall have no cause of action or claim against the
GETCO for rejection of his bid. The owner shall always be at liberty to reject or accept
split any bid or bids at his sole discretion and any action will not be called into question
and the bidder shall have no claim in that regards against the owner.
29. Recoveries:
(I) In case of any damage to equipment/machinery or structure/building of GETCO
or any public property due to negligence’s of contractor or any other reasons
attributed to contractor the decision of E.I.C. regarding the amount of recovery
shall be final and binding.
(II) If the contractor fails to execute the proportionate work as per direction of E.I.C.
within the time frame given for completion of part / whole of the work GETCO
shall get the work done through any other contractor and the cost of execution of
such work along with 15% overhead charges shall be recovered from contractor.
30. Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in the specification or tenders in
subsequent exchange of correspondence, the conditions of contract shall be binding on
the contractor and any change or variations expressed or implied, however made in the
said conditions shall not be valid or operative unless expressly sanctioned by the
Corporation. The contractor shall be deemed to have fully informed himself and to have
special knowledge of the provisions of the conditions of contract herein contained.
31 Submissions of tender by a contractor implies that he has read the instructions and
condition of contract herein contained and has made himself aware of the scopes and
specifications of the work to be done.
32 These rules and directions shall form part of the contract.
33 Drawings: Drawings required for the works are available with the E.E. (Civil) of Circle
Office, Palanpur/ Corporate Office, Vadodara. They are indicative and for tender
purpose only. Bidders shall have to execute the work as per construction drawings
issued from time to time by GETCO.
34 Electricity Connection: The electric power, at site, will be made available at one
mutually agreed points, free of cost (connection only) by Gujarat Energy Transmission

8 Quality Assurance
 Corporation only. Further distribution will have to be carried out by the contractor as per
requirements at their own cost. The necessary consumption charges will be recovered
as per the tariff rate of Gujarat Energy Transmission Corporation from time to time as
per Corporation’s rules.
35 Water Supply Connection: The contractor has to make his own arrangement of water
for construction activity at his own cost. However, if possible, on completion of
Corporation bore well / open well only, the water supply line from GETCO will be given
at one mutually agreed point as per the contractor’s request. Further distribution will
have to be carried out by the contractor as per their requirements at their cost. Water
shall be supplied on chargeable basis and recovery for water charges will be effected at
two percent of the cost of items as executed in which the water is supplied by
Corporation, is used, as certified by the EIC.
36 Tenders received after time: The tenders received after time and date specified in the
tender notice, will not be accepted. Once the offer submitted by the contractor before
due date of submission, the contractor will not be allowed to submit revised / additional /
modified / other even before due date. However, if the issue and receipt of tender is
extended by the Corporation due to any reason, the contractor may submit the revised
offer before due date of submission, if he wish to submit.
37 The work shall be completed within the period stipulated in the contract. However it may
be noted that drawings shall be released progressively & site clearance arranged
accordingly to the progress of work at site. Therefore the contractor has to organize &
coordinate the works to suit these. In the event of any delay due to the above or due to
any other reason not attributable to the contractor, reasonable extension in the
completing the work may be given at the discretion & as decided by the Corporation but
no compensation or idle charges will be paid to the contractor under any circumstances.
38 The price bid/proposals will be opened in the presence of the bidder’s representatives
who choose to attend at the date and time and venue to be notified by the GETCO, after
conclusion of the Technical Evaluation and Post Qualification process.
39 GETCO will not issue any material required for the work. All the materials – tools &
tackles, labour etc. will have to be arranged by the contractor.

9 Quality Assurance
 SECTION- B
Qualification Requirement

10 Quality Assurance
 Qualification Requirement

1 Registration : Bidder quoting for the bid shall have registration in appropriate class with
GETCO/Central/State Government / Railway/Semi. Govt. Organizations.

2 Experience: Bidder should have experience of similar work including RCC frame
structure building under single contract as main contractor for minimum of 50 % value of
estimated cost of the tender with GETCO/ GEB / Central / State Government / Railway /
Semi- Government / Public Sector Organization within last 5 years. Attested xerox copy
of work orders executed from GETCO/ GEB / Central / State Government / Railway /
Semi- Government / Public Sector Organization and satisfactory completion certificate
from respective department should be submitted.

3. Solvency : Latest bank solvency certificate from any Nationalized/Scheduled Bank of a

sum of minimum 20 % of the estimated cost shown in the tender.

4 Provident Fund Code: Separate provident fund code number towards firm registered
with Regional P. F. Commissioner.

5 Profit & Loss Account Statement: The Bidder should submit certified Xerox audited
copy of the Balance sheet with profit and loss account of last three Years.

6 Nature of Firm : Attested copy of Power of Attorney, if any, for signing the bid
documents in case of partnership firm & self affidavit for proprietorship firm.

7. VAT Registration: The Bidder shall be registered under the “GUJARAT VALUE
ADDED TAX – ACT”. The certified Xerox copy of such registration under
Gujarat VAT Act indicating “TIN” shall have to be submitted along with the bid by
the bidder.
8. I.T. PAN CARD: The bidder should submit the attested zerox copy of PAN Card
of their firm.

Signature of Contractor Chief Engineer (Projects)

GETCO, H. O., Vadodara. 390007

11 Quality Assurance
 SECTION – C
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

12 Quality Assurance
 (C) GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1. Definitions:

(a) The Contract means the documents forming the tender and acceptance thereof,
together with the documents referred to therein or individual work order in the case of
term contract, including these conditions, schedules and / or additional conditions
attached to the form of tender or individual work, order, rate schedule, the specifications
and the drawings and all these documents as applicable taken together shall be deemed
to form the contract.
(b) The “Tender Document” means the form of tender, the applicable schedules and/or
additional conditions and the specifications and/or drawings as issued to the contractors
for the purpose preparing tender.
(c) The expression “works” or “work” when used in the conditions of contract shall, unless
there be something in the subject or context repugnant to such construction means, the
works or the work contracted to be executed under or in virtue of the contract whether
original or altered.
(d) The “Contractor” means the individual or firm or company, whether incorporated or not,
undertaking the works and shall include his or its legal personal representative,
successors and permitted assignees.
(e) “Corporation” means the Gujarat Energy Transmission Corporation Ltd. and the
“Accepting Officer” means the officer who is authorized to sign and signs the contract on
behalf of the “Corporation.”
(f) The letter “EE” means Executive Engineer who in the case of measurement and lump
sum contract, direct the contractor and the letters “ACE” means “Add Chief Engineer”
and “CE ” means “Chief Engineer” who administers and in the case of the term contracts
directs the contract.
(g) The “Engineer-in-charge” means all officers of the Corporation appointed by the Chief
Engineer to supervise the works or part of the works.
(h) “Approved” and “Directed” means the approval or direction of the Chief Engineer to
Supdt. Engineer or the person deputed by him for the particular purpose.
(i) “B.S.” means the “British Standard” as issued by the British Standards institution. “A.S.”
means the American Standards as issued by the American Standard Institutions and
“I.S.” means the “Indian Standards” as issued by the Indian Standards Institutions.
Wherever the above-mentioned abbreviations are preferred to, in the specifications and /
or work orders, they mean the addition with all amendments current at the date of issue
of tender documents of work orders.
In the case of measurement and terms of contracts “Specifications” means those
contained in Gujarat Energy Transmission Corporation Ltd. schedule together with any
amendments etc. embodied in the tender documents, “Drawings” refer to those
accompanying the tender documents and/or any work orders referred therein.
(j) The “Contract Sum” means the sum accepted or the sum calculated in accordance with
the prices accepted in the tender and/or the contract rate as payable to the contractor for
the full and entire executing and completion of works.
(k) “The date of completion” is the date or dates of completion of the work or any part of the
works set out or ascertained in accordance with the individual work orders and the
tender documents or any subsequent agreed amendments thereto.

2. Security Deposit

The contractor shall, within 10 days of the issue of Letter Of Intent, pay 2.5% of contract value
out of 5 % as Security Deposit; the remaining 2.5% will be recovered from first two running
account bills in equal installments. The Bank Guarantee from schedule bank in lieu of cash or
government securities towards Security Deposit will be accepted providing amount of Security
Deposit payable exceeds Rs. 10,000/- Security Deposit can also be paid as fixed deposit

13 Quality Assurance
receipt as prescribed in Schedule “C”. All damages, costs, charges, expenses and other sums
which may be or may become due or payable by the contractor to the Corporation under the
terms of the contract may be deducted from the cash in the proceeds of sale of the
Securities/Bank Guarantee to deposited (which the officer or person to whom the same may be
endorsed as aforesaid is hereby authorized to sell / to encash for that purpose) or from the
interest of any such securities of from any sums due or which may become due to the
contractor by the Corporation or from the whole or the balance unpaid as aforesaid of the
encash securities so deposited being repaid or transferred and returned as may be to contractor
after the date on which the final bill is paid or after the expiry of the date up to which the
contractor has to maintain the work in good order whichever is later.

“For Water Proofing Treatment:-

The contractor shall submit performance guarantee of the waterproofing item at the
rate of 20% of cost of item of work order in the form of FDR of Schedule Bank /
Nationalized Bank in favor of GETCO (A/c Agency) for a period of 5 years from actual
date of completion of work on non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value in approved
format of GETCO. In the event of unsatisfactory performance of waterproofing work,
the agency shall carry out necessary remedial/rectification works that may be necessary
in the opinion of GETCO at no extra cost, failing which FDR shall be en cashed by
GETCO. The FDR shall be released only after satisfactory completion of performance
period of 5 years.”

“For Anti-termite Treatment:-

The contractor shall submit performance guarantee of the anti-termite treatment item at
the rate of 20% of cost of item of work order in the form of FDR of Schedule Bank /
Nationalised Bank in favour of GETCO (A/c Agency) for a period of 5 years from actual
date of completion of work on non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value in approved
format of GETCO. In the event of unsatisfactory performance of anti-termite treatment
work, the agency shall carry out necessary remedial/rectification works that may be
necessary in the opinion of GETCO at no extra cost, failing which FDR shall be
encashed by GETCO. The FDR shall be released only after satisfactory completion of
performance period of 5 years.”

3. Compensation for the delay

The time limit allowed for carrying out the work as entered in the tender shall strictly observed
by the contractor and shall be reckoned from the date on which the order to commerce the work
is given to the contractor. The work shall through out the stipulated period of contract the
proceeds with due diligence (time being deemed to be essence of contract) and for delay, the
contractor shall pay compensation, an amount equal to half percent per one week for the
contract amount of work or such smaller amount as per the decision of the Competent Authority
of the GETCO.
However, the total amount of compensation to be paid by the contractor, under the provision of
the clauses shall not exceed 10 percent of the amount of contract value as decided by the
competent authority of the GETCO. The penalty will be invariably deducted from the bills of the
contractor and no refund will be given unless the competent authorities approves the reduction
the reasons for delay attributable to GETCO as well as to party will be brought out clearly while
putting the proposal for waiver reduction in penalty.

4. Action when whole of Security Deposit is forfeited

In any case in which under any clause or clauses of this contract the contractor shall have
tendered himself to pay compensation amounting to the whole of his security deposit (whether
paid one sum or deducted by installments) or in the case of abandonment for the work owing to

14 Quality Assurance
serious illness or death of the contractor or any other cause, the Executive Engineer on behalf
of the Corporation, shall have powers to adopt, (a) below and any of the following courses
under (b) and (c) as he may deem best suited to the interest of the Corporation.
(a) To rescind the contract (for which rescission notice of 10 days) in writing to the
contractor under the hand of the Executive Engineer shall be conclusive evidence and in
that case the security deposit of the contractor shall stand forfeited and absolutely at the
disposal of the Corporation.
(b) To employ labour paid by the Corporation, to supply materials to carry out of the
works or any part of the works debiting the contractor with the cost of the labour and the
price of the materials (as to the correctness of which cost and price the certificate of the
Executive Engineer shall be final and conclusive against the contractor) and crediting
him with value of the work done, in all respects in the same manner and at the same
rates as if it had been carried out by the contractor under the terms of this contract and
in that case the certificate of the Executive Engineer as to the value of the work done
shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.
(c) To order that the work of the contractor be measured up and to take such part
thereof, as shall be unexecuted, out of his heads and to give it to another contractor to
complete, in which case, any expenses, which may be incurred in excess of the sum,
which would have been paid to the original contractor, if the whole work had been
executed by him as to the amount of which excess expenses the certificate in writing of
the Engineer-in-charge shall be final, conclusive and shall be borne and shall be paid by
the original contractors and shall be deducted from any money due to him by the
Corporation under the contract or otherwise from his security deposit of the proceeds
sale thereof or a sufficient part thereof.
In the event of the above courses being adopted by the Executive Engineer the
contractor shall have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason
of his having purchased or procured any materials or entered into any engagements or
made any advances on account of or with a view to the execution of the work or the
performance of the contract. And in case the contract shall be rescind under the
provision aforesaid, the contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid any sum for
any works thereof actually performed by him under this contract unless and until the
Executive Engineer shall have certified in writing the performance of such works and the
amount payable to him in respect thereof and he only be entitled to be paid the amount
so certified.

5. Notice for unsatisfactory progress

If the progress or a particular portion of the work is unsatisfactory the Executive Engineer whose
decision shall be final, shall notwithstanding that the general progress of work is satisfactory; be
entitled to take action under Clause 4(c) after giving the contractor 10 days notice in writing and
the contractor will have no claim for compensation for any loss sustained by him owing to such
actions.

6. Action in the case of Default by Contractor

If any case in which any of the powers conferred upon the Executive Engineer by Clauses 4 and
5 hereof, shall have exercised and the same shall not have been exercised, the non exercised
thereof shall not constitute a waiver of any of the conditions hereof and such powers shall not
withstanding be exercisable in any further case of default by the contractor for which, by any
clauses hereof, he is declared liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole of his security
deposit and liability of the contractor for past and future compensation shall remain unaffected
in the event of the Ex. Engineer taking action under sub clause (a) or (c) of Clause 4 he may, if
he so desires, take possessions of all or any tools, plants, materials, and stores in such upon
the work or the site thereof belonging to the contractor, or procured by him and intended to be
used for the execution of the work of any part thereof paying for allowing for the same in
account at the contract rates, or in the case of a contract rates not being applicable to current

15 Quality Assurance
market rates to be certified by the Executive Engineer whose certificate thereof shall be final. In
the alternative, the Executive Engineer may by notice in writing to the contractor or his clerk of
works, foremen or other authorized agent, require him to remove such tools, plants, materials or
stores from the premises within a time to be specified in such requisition to decisions to the
contractor failing to comply with any such requisition, the decision of the Executive Engineer as
to the expenses of any such removal and the amount of the proceed and expense of any such
sale, be final and conclusive against the contractor.

7. Extension of Time Limit

If the contractor shall desire an extension of the time limit for completion of the work on the
ground of his having been unavoidably hindered in it’s execution or on any other ground, he
shall apply in writing to the Executive Engineer and the Executive Engineer may, if in his opinion
there are reasonable grounds for granting extension, recommend such extension as he may
think necessary or proper. The decision of the competent authority in this regard shall be final
and binding to the contractor. Any delay attributed to Corporation shall be compensated only by
way of extending the limit.

8. Completion Certificate

On completion of the work the Contractor shall be furnished with Completion Certificate by the
Executive Engineer of such completion but no such certificate shall be given nor shall be the
work considered to be complete until works are taken over and/or duly tested and put to
operative as the case may be, nor until the work shall have been measured by the Engineer-In-
Charge or where the measurement have been taken by his subordinated until they have
received the approval of the Executive Engineer the said measurement being binding and
conclusive against the contractor.

9. Effect of the Certificate

No payment shall be made for any work estimated to cost less than Rs.1,000/- till after the
whole of said work shall have been completed and certificate of completion given. But in the
case of works estimated to cost more than Rs.1,000/- Contractor shall on submitting a monthly
bill thereof, be entitled to receive payments. Proportionate to the part of the work then approved
and passed by the Engineer-in-charge, whose certificate of such approval and a passing of the
sum requiring bad, unsound, imperfect or unskillful work to be removed and taken away and
reconstructed or rejected nor shall any such payment be considered as admission of the due
performance of the contract or any part thereof in any respect of the accruing of the claim nor
shall conclude, determine or effect in any way the powers of the Engineer-in-charge as to the
final settlement and adjustment of the accounts otherwise or in any other way, vary or affect the
contract. The final bill shall be submitted by the contractor within one month of the date fixed for
completion of work. Otherwise the certificate of Engineer-in-charge of the measurement and of
total amount payable for the work shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Payment to Contractors

The rates for several items of works estimated to cost more than Rs.1,000/- agreed to within
shall be valid only when the item concerned is accepted, having been completed full, in
accordance with the sanctioned specification. In case, where the items of the work, are not
accepted, as so completed the Engineer-in-charge, may make payment on account of such
items at such reduced rates, as he may consider reasonable in the preparation of final or
running accounts bills.

16 Quality Assurance
11. Bills

The Bill shall be submitted by the contractor each month on or before the date fixed by the
Engineer-in - charge, for all works, executed in the previous month and the Engineer-in-charge
shall take or cause to be taken the requisite measurement for the purpose or having the same
verified and the claim so far as it is admissible, shall be adjusted, if possible, within ten days
from the presentation of the bills. If the contractor does not submit the bill, within the time fixed,
as aforesaid, the Engineer-in-charge may depute a subordinate to measure up the said work in
the presence of the contractor or his duly authorized agent, whose counter signature in the
measurement shall be sufficient warrant and the Engineer-in-charge may prepare a bill from
such list which shall be binding on the contractor in all respects. GETCO shall make effort for
the payment of bills (RA & final bills) as early as possible, however no interest is payable on bill
amount if there is delay in payment of GETCO for whatever reason.

12. Supply of Materials to Contractor

If the specification of the estimated work provides for use of any special description of material
to be supplied from the Corporation’s Stores or if it is required that the contractor shall use
certain stores to be provided by the Engineer-in-charge (such material and stores and the prices
to be charged thereof as here in after mentioned being so far as practicable for the convenience
of contractor but not so as in any way to control, the meaning or effect of the contract specified
in otherwise or from the security deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof if the deposit is held in
Government Securities the same or a sufficient portion thereof, shall be sold for the purpose. All
materials supplied to the contract shall remain the absolute property of Corporation and shall on
no account be removed from the site of the work and shall at all time be open to inspection by
the used by him or for any wastage in or damage thereto. The contractor shall be responsible
for the loss, destruction or deterioration of the materials, stores or articles supplied to him by the
Corporation even if such loss, destruction or deterioration has occurred under any
circumstances whatsoever beyond his control as if the materials, stores or articles so supplied
were his property.

13. Works to be executed in accordance with specifications, drawings, orders etc.

The contractor shall execute in whole and every part of work in the most substantial and
workmanlike manner and both as regarding materials and in every other respect in strict
accordance with the specification. The Contractor also shall confirm exactly, fully and faithfully
to the designs, drawings and instructions in writing relating to the work signed by the Engineer-
in - charge and lodged in his office and to which the contractor shall be entitled to have access
for the purpose of Inspection at such office, or in the site of the work, during office hours and the
contractor shall, also if he so requires, be entitled at his own expenses to make or cause to be
made copies of the specification, and of all such designs, drawings and instructions as
aforesaid.

14. Alteration in Specifications and Designs not to invalidate Contracts.

The Executive Engineer shall have powers to make any alteration, or addition to the original
specification designs, and instructions that may appear to him to be necessary or advisable
during the progress of the work and the contractor shall be bound to carry out the work in
accordance with any instructions in this connection which may be given to him in writing, signed
by the Engineer-in-charge and such alterations shall not invalidate the contract. Any additional
work which the contractor may be directed to do in the manner above specified as part of the
work shall be carried out by the contractor on the same conditions in all respect on which he
agreed to do the main works, and at the same rates as are specified in the tender for the main
work. Where, however, the works is to be executed according to the designs, drawing and
specifications recommended by the contractor and accepted by the competent authority, the

17 Quality Assurance
alteration above referred to shall be within the scope of such designs, drawings, and
specifications appended to the tender.

15. Rates for works not entered in Estimate or Schedule of Rate of the District

If the additional and altered work includes any class of work for which no rate is specified in this
contract, then such class of work shall be carried out the rates entered in the Schedule of Rates
of the Division or at the rate mutually agreed upon between the Executive Engineer and the
contractor, whichever are lower. If the additional or altered work for which no rate is entered in
the Schedule of Rates of the Division is ordered to be carried out before the rates agreed upon
then the contractor within seven days of date of receipt by him of the order to carry out the work
inform the Executive Engineer for the rate which in his intension to charge for such class of
work and if the Executive Engineer does not agree to this rate he shall be noticed in writing be
at liberty to cancel his order to carry out such class of work and arrange to carry it out in such
manner as he may consider advisable provided always that if the rates shall have been
determined as lastly here in before mentioned then in such case he shall only be entitled to be
paid in respect of the work carried out or expenditure incurred by him prior to the date of the
determination of the rate as aforesaid according to such rate or rates as shall be fixed by the
Executive Engineer. In the event of dispute, the decision of the Superintending Engineer of the
Circle will be final.

16. Extension of Time Limit in consequence of Addition or Alteration.

The time limit for the work shall be extended in the proportion that the increase in its cost
occasioned by alterations or additions bears to the cost of the original contract work and the
certificate of the Engineer-in-charge as to such proportions shall be conclusive. No
compensation shall be payable for Alternation in or Restriction of Work to be carried out. If at
any time, after the execution of the contract documents the Engineer-in-charge shall, for any
reason whatsoever, require the whole or any part of the work, as specified in the tender, to be
stopped for any period or shall not require he whole or part of the work to be carried out at all or
to be carried out by the contractor, he shall give notice in writing of the fact to the contractor
who shall thereupon suspend or stop the work totally or partially as the case may be in any such
case, except as provided here under the contractor shall have no claim to any payment or
compensation what so ever on account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived
from the execution, of the work in full but which he did not so derive in consequence of the full
amount of work not having been carried out or on account of any loss that he may be put to on
account of materials purchased or agree to be purchased or for unemployment of labour
recruited by him. He shall not also have any; claim for compensation by reason of any
alterations having been made in the original specification, drawings, designs and instructions
which may involve any curtailment of the work as originally contemplated.

17. No claim to compensation on account of loss due to delay in supply of

materials by Corporation.

The contractor shall not be entitled to claim any compensation from Corporation for the loss
suffered by him on account of delay by Corporation in the supply of materials entered in
Schedule-A where such delay is caused by: Difficulties relating to supply of railway wagons
I. Force Majure
II. Act of God
III. Any other reasonable cause beyond the control of Corporation including Shortage of
materials to be supplied by the Corporations & difficulties in time by reaching at the site of any
materials equipment. In the case of such delay in the supply of materials, Corporation shall
grant such extension of time for the completion of the works as shall appear to the Executive
Engineer to be reasonable in accordance with circumstances of the case. The decision in the
Executive Engineer as to the extension of time shall be accepted as final by the contractor.

18 Quality Assurance
18. Time Limit for Compensation Claims

Under no circumstances, whatsoever, shall the contractor be entitled to any compensation from
Corporation on any account unless the contractor has claimed in writing to the Executive
Engineer within one month of the cause thereof.

19. Action and Compensation payable in case of Bad Work

If at any time, before the security deposit is refunded to the contractor, it shall appear to the
Executive Engineer or his subordinate in charge of the work that any work has been executed
with unsound, imperfect or unskillful workmanship or with materials of inferior quality or that any
materials or articles provided by him for the execution of the work are unsound or of a inferior
quality to that contracted for or are otherwise not in accordance with the contract, it shall be
lawful for Engineer-in-charge to intimate this fact in writing to the contractor and then no
withstanding the fact that the work, materials or articles complained of, may have been
inadvertently passed, certified and paid for, the contractor shall be bound forthwith to rectify or
remove and reconstruct the work so specified in whole or any part, as the case may require or if
so required shall remove the materials or articles so specified and provided other suitable
materials or articles at his own charge and cost, and in the event of his failing to do so within a
period to be specified by the Engineer-in-charge in the written intimation aforesaid the
contractor shall be liable to pay compensation at the rate of one percent on the amount of the
estimate for every day, not exceeding ten days during which the failure so continue and in the
event of any such failure as aforesaid the Engineer-in-charge may rectify or remove and re-
execute the work or remove and replace the materials or articles complained of, as the case
may be, at the risk and expense in all respects of contractor should the Engineer-in-charge
consider that any such inferior work or materials as described above may be accepted, or made
use of, it shall be within his discretion to accept the same as such reduced rates as he may fix
thereof. Provided that in the case of any work of which visible check is not possible, if the
Engineer-in - charge or his subordinate in charge of the work feels that such work has been
executed with unsound, imperfect or unskillful workmanship or with materials of inferior quality,
he shall take sample tests at random, cost of which shall have to be borne by the contractor and
if after taking such test, part of such work is found to be defective in any respect or to have been
executed with materials of inferior quality, then the contractor shall be paid for the whole work
such amount as may be fixed by the office of the Engineer-in-charge on the basis of the lowest
quality of work found by him in such samples tests.

Explanation: I

Sample Test shall mean:

(i) In relation to poles fixed as line supports, the token of one pole out of every 100 poles after
taking it out from its foundation for inspection.
(ii) In relation to any other work, such test as may be considered necessary, by the Engineer-in -
charge or his subordinate in charge of the work.

Explanation: II

Cost of the sample test shall mean cost incurred for the purpose of taking Samples & test and
for restoring tested work to its original condition.

20. Work to be opened to Inspection, Contractor or Responsible Agent to be

present

19 Quality Assurance
All works under execution or in course of execution in pursuance of the contract shall at all
times be open to the inspection and supervision of the Executive Engineer and his subordinate
and contractor shall at all times, during the usual working hours and at all other times at which
reasonable notice of the intension of the Executive Engineer or his subordinates to visit the
works shall have been given to the contractor, during which period either he should be present
to receive order and instruction, or have a responsible agent duly accredited in writing, present
for that purpose. Orders given to the contractor’s duly authorized Agent shall be considered to
have the same force and effect as if they had been given to the contractor himself.

21. Notice to be given before work is covered up.

The contractor shall give not less than 5 days notice in writing to the Executive Engineer or his
subordinates in charge of the work, before covering up or otherwise placing beyond the reach of
measurement of any work, in order that the same may be measured and correct dimensions
thereof, taken before the same is so covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement
and shall not covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement and work without the
consent in writing of Executive Engineer or his subordinate in charge of work, If any work shall
be covered up or placed beyond the reach without such notice having been given or consent
obtained, the same shall be uncovered at the contractor’s expense, and in default thereof, no
payment or allowance shall be made for such work, or for the materials, with which the same,
was executed.

22. Contractor’s Liabilities

The Contractor shall supply, at his own cost, all materials (except such special materials, if any
as may be supplied form the Corporation stored in accordance with the contract) plant, tools,
appliances, implements, ladders, cordage, tackles, scaffolding and any temporary works which
may be required for the proper execution of the work., in the original, altered or substituted form
and whether included in the specification or other document forming part of the contract or
referred to in these conditions or not and which may be necessary for the purpose of satisfying
or complying with the requirements of the Engineer-in-charge as to any matter on which under
these conditions, he is entitled to be satisfied or which he is entitled to require together with
carriage thereof to and from the work, the contractor shall also supply without charge, the
requisite number of persons for setting out works, and counting, weighting and assisting in the
measurement of, examinations at the time and from time to time of the work or materials, failing
this, the same may be provided by the Engineer-in-charge at the expenses of the contractor and
the expenses may be deducted from any money due to the contractor under the contract or
from his security deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof or of a sufficient portion thereof the
contractor shall provide all necessary fencing and light required to protect the public from
accident and shall also be bound to bear expenses of defense of every suit, action or other legal
proceedings of law that may be brought by any person for injury sustained. Owing to neglect of
the above precautions and to pay any damage and costs which may be awarded in any such
suit, action or proceedings to any such persons or which may with the consent of the contractor
be paid in compromising any claim by any such person.

23. Contractor Liable for all Damages

Compensation for all damage done intentionally or unintentionally by contractor’s laborer,

whether in or beyond the limit of Corporation’s property, shall be estimated by the Executive
Engineer, or such other office, as he may appoint and the estimate of the Executive Engineer,
subject to the decision of the Superintending Engineer, on appeal, shall be final and the
contractor shall be bound to pay the amount of the assessed compensation demand, failing
which, the same will be recovered from the contractor as damages or deducted by the Engineer
in charge from any sums that may be due to or become due from Corporation to the contractor
under this contract or otherwise. The contractor shall bear the expenses of defending any action
or other legal proceedings that may be brought by any person for injury sustained by him owing

20 Quality Assurance
to neglect of precautions to prevent the spread of fire and he shall also pay any damage and
costs that may be awarded by the court if in consequence.

24. Rescission of Contract and Forfeiture of Deposit.

The contractor shall not assign or sublet, without the written approval of the Engineer-in-charge
and if the contractor assign or sublet his contract, or attempt to do so or become insolvent or
commence any proceedings to be adjudicated as insolvent or make any composition with
creditors, attempt to do so, the Engineer-in-charge may, by notice in writing rescind the
contract. Also, if any bribe, gratuity, gift, loan, perquisite, reward or advantage pecuniary or
otherwise shall either directly or indirectly be given, promised or offered by the contractor or any
of his servants, or agents, or any person to the employee of Corporation in any way relating to
his office or employment or if nay such officers or persons shall become in any way directly or
indirectly interested in the contract, the Executive Engineer may, by 10 day’s notice in writing,
rescind the contract. In the event of a contract being rescinded the Security Deposit of the
contractor shall there upon stand forfeited and be absolutely at the disposal of Corporation and
the same consequences shall ensure as it the contract has been rescinded under clause 4
thereof and in addition the contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid for any work
thereof actually performed under the contract.

25. Compensation
All sums payable by a contractor by way of compensation under any of these conditions shall
be considered as a reasonable compensation to be applied to the use of Corporation, without
reference to the actual loss or damage sustained and whether any damage has not been
sustained.

26. Change in the constitution of firm to be notified

In the case of tender by partners of a firm, any change in the constitution of firm shall be
forthwith notified by the contractor to the Executive Engineer for his information.

27. Works under direction of Superintending Engineer.

All works to be executed under the contract shall be executed under the direction and subject to
the approval of the Superintending Engineer of the Circle, Engineer-in-charge for the time being
who shall be entitled to direct at what point or points and in what manner they are to be
commenced and from time to time carried on.

28. Decision of Superintending Engineer to be final.

Except where otherwise specified in contract and subject to the power delegated to him by
Corporation under the Corporation’s rule, then in force the decision of the Superintending
Engineer of the Circle / EIC. for the time being shall be final, conclusive and binding on all of the
specification, designs, drawings and instructions herein before mentioned and as to the quality
of workmanship or material used on the or as to any other question, claim, right matter or thing
whatsoever in any way arising out of or relating to the contract, designs, drawings,
specifications, estimates, instructions, orders or these conditions or otherwise concerning, the
works or the execution or failure to execute the same, whether arising during the progress of the
work or after the completion or abandonment thereof.

29. Arbitration

‘ALL QUESTIONS, DISPUTES OR DIFFERENCES, WHATSOEVER WHICH MAY AT AN

TIME ARISE BETWEEN THE PARTIES TO THIS CONTRACT IN CONNECTION WITH THE
CONTRACT OR ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN RELATION THERE TO, SHALL BE

21 Quality Assurance
REFERRED TO THE “GUJARAT PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS DISPUTES ARBITRATION
TRIBUNAL” AS PER THE PROVISIONS OF THE GUJARAT PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS
DISPUTES ARBITRATION TRIBUNAL ACT, 1992.

The reference to arbitration proceedings under this clause shall not:

a) Affect the right of the Engineer-in-charge to take possession of all or any tools, plants,
materials and stores, in or upon the work or site thereof or belonging to the contractor or
procured by him and intended to be used for the execution of the work or any part
thereof.
b) Preclude the Engineer-in-charge from utilizing the materials purchased by the Contractor
in any work or from removing such materials to other place, during the period the work is
stopped or suspended in pursuance of notice given to the contractor under General
Conditions.
c) Entitle the contractor to stop the progress of the work or carrying out the additional or
altered work in accordance with the provision of General Conditions for the work where
there is no specification.
d) Preclude the Corporation from getting the work done by another agency.
Neither party is entitled to bring a claim to arbitration latest by the thirty days after the
expiration of the defects liability period.
The provisions of the Arbitration & conciliation Act, 1996, Gujarat Public Works Contract
Disputes Arbitration Tribunal Act, 1992 and rules made there under shall apply to the
arbitration proceeding under this clause.

30. Stores to be obtained from Corporation

The Contractor shall obtain from the Corporation Stores, such articles as are mentioned in
Schedule ‘A’ which may be required for the work or any part of the work or in making up any
articles required there fore or in connection therewith, unless he has obtained permission in
writing from the Executive Engineer or obtained such stores and articles from elsewhere. The
value of such stores and articles as may be supplied to the contractor by the Engineer-in-charge
will be debited to the contractor in his account at the rate shown in the Schedule “A” attached
the contractor and if they are not entered in said schedule they shall debited to him at cost price
which for the purpose of this contract shall include cost of carriage and all other expenses
whatsoever which may have to be incurred in obtaining delivery of the same at the stores
aforesaid and further overhead charges 15%. The Contractor shall be responsible for the loss
destruction or deterioration of the materials, stores or articles supplied to him by the
Corporation, even if such loss destruction or deterioration has occurred under any
circumstances whatsoever beyond his control as if the material, stores or articles so supplied
were his property. The contractor shall be responsible for returning the residual materials after
completion of the contract and if fails to return, the balance material supplied to him by the
Corporation, the cost of the residual materials will be recovered form the contractor at the
market rate or stock issue rate whichever be higher at the time of materials account plus 15%.

31.1 Lump Sum in Estimate

When the estimate on which tender is made, includes lump sums in respect of parts of the
works the contractor shall be entitled to payment in respect of the items of works involved or the
part of the work in question at the same rates as are payable under this contract or such items
or if the part of work in question is not in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge capable to
measurement the Engineer-in-charge may at his discretion pay the lump sum amount entered in
the estimate and the certificate in writing of the Engineer shall be final and conclusive against
the contractor with regard to any sum or sums payable to him under the provisions of the
clause.

32. Lump Sum Tenders

22 Quality Assurance
Whenever lump sum tenders have been invited for building or other structures of the same type,
design, the contractor shall submit his bill stated in Clause No.11 and the Engineer-in-charge
not below the rank of Executive Engineer shall certify by general measurement or by other
method considered suitable to him, the value of work done and the contractor shall be paid
monthly a sum equal to 90% of the total value the work so certified, since the last payment, after
deducting a part or whole of the secured advance if not already paid for the materials utilized on
the works. An additional secured advance for any fresh materials brought on site will also be
paid if certified by the officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer. After the work is
completed final bill would be paid on the certification of officer not below the rank of Executive
Engineer, that the work is done according to drawing and specifications attached to the tender.
If any additions and alteration have been carried out, detailed measurements in respect thereof
shall be recorded and extra payment or deductions are regulated as per item rates quoted by
the contractor while submitting the tender and if there are any items in the additions and
alterations for which the contractor has not quoted a rate, the payment shall be as per Clause
15 above.

33. Action where no specifications.

In the case of any class of work for which there is no such specifications as is mentioned in
clause 1. such work shall be carried out in accordance with the divisional specifications and in
there event of there being no divisional specifications, the work shall be carried out in all
respects in accordance with the instructions and requirements of the Engineer-in-charge /
consultant of the Corporation etc.

34. Industrial Labour Laws

1. Wages to be paid and time of payment etc. by the Contractor:-

a) The contractor shall pay minimum wages as fixed under Minimum Wages Act
whichever is higher. The wages of every contract labour employed by him under
this contract shall be paid by him before the expiry of 7th day of the last day of the
month in respect of which the wages are payable (i.e. wages of a month have to
be paid by him in the first week of the next month). The payment shall be
disbursed in presence of Management Representative during the working hours
in factory premises and the contractor shall get the entries certified in the register
of wages by the Representative of the Corporation. Any default will result in
cancellation of contract forthwith or else the contractor shall be punishable to the
extend of Rs.100/- fine per each day.
b) The contractor shall give his telephone number and address to the Corporation
so that in case of labour trouble etc., the contractor can be contacted. The
contractor shall arrange to have his office outside the factory premises and the
contractor keep himself present through out the working hours.

Labour Laws :-

a) Persons below the age of 18 years shall not be employed for the work.
b) No female worker shall be employed in the night shift between 7.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m.
c) Contractor shall maintain a valid labour license under the Contract Labour (Regulation
and Abolition Act) for employing necessary manpower to be required by him. In the
absence of such license the contractor shall be liable to be terminated without assigning
any reason thereof.
d) The contractor shall at his own expense comply with all labour laws and keep the
Corporation indemnified in respect thereof. Some of the major liabilities under various
labour and industrial laws which the contractor shall comply with are as under :
i. Payment of contribution of wages of employer’s contributions towards Provident Fund,
Family Pension Scheme, Deposit Linked Insurance Scheme, Administrative Charges

23 Quality Assurance
 etc. at the rates made applicable from time to time by Government of Gujarat /
Government of India or other Statutory Authorities.
ii. Payment of deposit in respect of each contract labour of the rate of RS.30/- with the
office of the Commissioner of Labour as per the Contract Labour Act (Regulation &
Abolition).
iii. License Fee as prescribed under the contract Labour Act (Regulation and Abolition) and
Rules framed there under depending upon the number of workmen employed by the
contractor.
iv. Paid leave facility and wages as per the provision of the Factories Act at the rate of one
day for every 20 days of working.
v. Identity cards as prescribed under the factories Act with photo affixed thereto, the same
for identification.
vi. Payment of retrenchment compensation, notice pay and other liabilities as per Industrial
Disputes Act. Any payment to the contractor’s employees arising out of any claim of
disputes under the Industrial Disputes Act – 1947 or any other laws.
vii. Provision of compensation in the case of accidental injury.
viii. Payment of crèche if the female labour employed is more than 30 numbers
ix. Maternity leave as per the provision of the Maternity Benefit Act.
The above are some of the major liabilities of the contractor in addition to other liabilities
prescribed under the various Labour Las in force from time to time from Statutory
Authorities like State Government / Government of India which the contractor shall have
to comply with.

2. Provident Fund and Family Pension Scheme

The contractor shall submit along with his bill (month wise) a statement regarding deductions
against employees provident fund and family pension scheme in respect of each concerned
employees’ Provident Fund and Family Pension scheme at the rate of 12 % (or at the rates
made applicable by the Government from time to time) of the wages. Contractor’s contribution
and his workers contribution towards provident fund and family pension scheme shall be
deposited by the contractor with regional Provident Fund Commissioner, Ahmedabad.

3. Deposit Linked Insurance Scheme:-

The contractor shall have to deposit ½ % of the wages in-respect of employees who is a
member of the Provident Fund as the contribution to the Deposit Linked Insurance Scheme with
Regional Fund Commissioner, Ahmedabad.

4. Administrative Charges:-

Administrative charges for maintaining Provident Fund Account shall be deposited by the
contractor with Regional Provident Fund Commissioner, Ahmedabad at the rates applicable.

5. Paid Leave Facility

Paid leave facility at the rate of one day for every 20 days worked by the contract laborer shall
be provided by the contractor to his workers. He shall maintain Leave records/ Leave Cards for
individual laborer which shall be duly verified and approved/ certified by the authorized officer of
the Corporation.

6. Workmen’s Compensation Fund and Employers Liability Insurance:-

The contractor shall cover all his employees under Workmen’s Compensation Fund and under
the Liability Insurance. The contractor shall employ adequate number of experienced staff at
site for daily supervision and for maintenance of various registers and records required under
the law and contract. No payment for supervision shall be admissible.

24 Quality Assurance
7. Contractor to Indemnify to the Corporation

The contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Corporation and every officer and
employees of the Corporation and also Engineer-In-Charge and his staff against all actions,
proceedings, claims, demands, costs and expenses whatsoever arising out of or in connection
with the matters referred in above clauses and elsewhere and against all actions, proceedings,
claims, demands, costs and expenses which may be made against the Corporation by any
workman/ employee of the contractor or any sub contractor and / or from any liability may arise
to any workman / employees of the contractor or any sub contractor under any laws, rules or
regulation having the force of law including but not limited to claims against the owner under
workman’s compensation Act, 1923. The employee’s Provident Act 1952, and / or the contract
Labour (Abolition and Regulation) Act 1979. The Corporation shall not be liable for or in respect
of or in consequence of any accident or injury to any workmen or other person in the
employment of the contractor or his sub-contractors, and the contractor shall indemnify and
keep indemnified the Corporation against all such damage and compensation and against all
claims, demands, proceedings costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect thereof or in
relation thereto.

8. Workmen’s Compensation And Employer’s Liability Insurance :-

Insurance shall be affected for all the contractor’s for all the contractor’s employees
engaged in the performance of this contract. If any of the work is sublet to the sub-
contractor, the contractor shall require that he or his sub-contactor to provide workmen’s
compensation and employer’s liability insurance for the latter’s employees unless such
employees recovered under the contractor’s insurance.

9. The Corporation reserves the right to terminate this rate contract at any time during it
tendency without giving notice of termination or any reasons thereof.

10. The Corporation will be entitled to deduct directly form the bills, to be paid to the
Subcontractor and Labourers any sum or sums payable by contractor and which
sum/sums the Corporation is required to pay as a principal employer on account of
contractor’s default in respect of all liabilities referred to in above clauses.

11. Nothing in the contract document stated shall any wise constitute any workmen/
employees of the contractor or any sub-contractor as or to be workmen/employee of the
power, or place obligation or liability in respect of any such workmen/ employee upon
the Corporation.
NOTE: -The prevailing Act at the time of execution of work over and above act specified
herein shall be binding to the contractor

35. No Claim for Variation in Quantities of Work

Quantities shown in the tender are approximate and no claim shall be entertained
for quantities of work actually executed, being either more or less up to any extent than
those entered in the tender or less than those entered in the tender or estimate.

36. No Claim for Compensation for Delay in staring work

No compensation shall be allowed for any delay caused into starting of work on account
of acquisition of land and in the case of clearance for works or any delay in according
sanction to estimates.

37. No Claim for Compensation for delay in execution of work

25 Quality Assurance
 No compensation shall be allowed for any delay, in execution of the work on account of
water standing in borrow pits or compartment. The rates are inclusive for hard or
cracked soil, excavation in mud, sub-soil water or water standing in borrow pit and no
claim for an extra rate shall be entertained unless otherwise expressly specified &
mentioned in the tender.

38. Entering upon or commencing any portion of work

The contractor shall not enter upon or commence any portion of work except with the
written authority or instructions of the Executive Engineer or his subordinate in charge of
the work, failing such the contractor shall have no claim to ask for measurement or
payment for work.

39. Method of Payment

Payment to contractors shall be made by A/c payee Cheque provided the amount
exceeds Rs.50/-. Amount not exceeding Rs.50/- will be paid in cash. Generally payment
may take 30 to 60 days after passing of bills depending on availability of fund.

40. Acceptance of conditions on tendering for work.

Submission to tender or acceptance of work order shall imply acceptance of these
conditions of tender by contractor.

41. Employment of Scarcity Labour

If government declares a state of scarcity or famine to exist in any village situated within
20kms of the work, the piece worker / contractor shall employ upon such part of the work
as are suitable for unskilled labour; any person certified to him by the Executive
Engineer or by any person to whom Executive Engineer may have delegated this duty in
writing to be in need of relief and shall be bound to pay such person wage not below the
minimum, which Government may have fixed in this behalf from time to time. Any
implementation of this clause shall be decided by the Superintending engineer /
Engineer-in-Charge whose decision shall be final and binding on the piece
worker/contractor.

42 Employment of Technical Persons

The contractor who are registered under class ‘A’, ‘B’ and ‘C’ or such contractors who
executes the works of Rs.5 lakhs and above shall employ the technically qualified
personnel possessing minimum a Diploma of reconciled Technical institution, for
executing the work of the Corporation.

Date: Chief Engineer (Projects)

(Signature of Contractor) GETCO, Head Office, Vadodara.
Address:
Seal:

26 Quality Assurance
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1.0 Contactor to inform himself fully:

The contractor shall be deemed to have carefully examined the work & site conditions,
the general conditions, the special conditions, specifications, schedules, drawings shall
be deemed to have visited the site of the works & to
have fully informed himself regarding the local conditions. Copy of Appendix V attached
with tender shall have to be filled up before quoting the rate, for confirmation of site visit.
If there shall have any doubts as to the meaning of any portion of these general
conditions or special conditions of the scope of work of the specifications or any other
matter concerning the contract, he shall in good time before submitting his tender, send
for the particulars thereof & submit them to the Engineer in writing in order that such
doubt may be removed.

2.0 Data to be furnished by Contractor:

Prior to the commencement of work the contractor shall submit a bar chart showing
detailed programme for completing the work within time limit to the S. E. for approval
within a week of the date of LOI. No change in the approved plan & layout shall be
carried out without specific written approval of the Executive Engineer in charge.

3.0 Errors, Omissions & Discrepancies:

In all cases of errors, omissions, doubts or discrepancies in the dimensions, or

discrepancies in the drawings & items of work on specifications, reference shall be made
to the Executive Engineer whose elucidation & elaboration shall be considered as
authoritative. The contractor shall be held responsible for any error that may occur in
the work thorough lack of such reference.
4.0
1. Temporary structures may be erected by the contractor for storage sheds, offices, and
residential etc. for non-commercial use on land, handed over to him at his own expense
& with the permission of the Corporation. In any circumstances for constructing
temporary structures contractor’s use, Corporation free supply of materials shall not be
made. If it is found that Corporation’s free supply material are used for the works other
than approved drawings, it will be recovered at penalized rate.
2. The contractor shall preserve all existing vegetation such as trees on or adjacent, to
the works site which, do not interfere with the construction as determined by the
Corporation.
3. The contractor shall take all possible precautions in felling trees authorized for
removal to avoid any unnecessary damage to vegetation & trees not to be felled & to
structures or to workmen, & shall be responsible for any damage if it occurs in such
operations.
4. All produce from cutting of trees grass etc. shall be the property of Corporation & shall
be stacked at the directed places. No claim shall be made for such tree felling / cutting
&stacking of trees/produce or grass etc. by the contractor.
5. The land shall as herein before mentioned be handed over to Corporation / Owner of
Land immediately after the completion of the work under this contract. Also no land shall
be held by the contractor longer than the Corporation shall deem fit & necessary & the
contractor shall, on due notice by the Corporation, vacate & return the land which the
Engineer In Charge may certify as no longer required by the contractor for purposes of
the work.

27 Quality Assurance
5.0 Start of Work:

The contractor shall not enter upon or commence any portion of the work except with the
written permission of the authority of the Corporation, failing which the contractor shall
have no claim to ask for measurement of or payment for work & shall be responsible for
any claims or damages that may arise due to such unauthorized commencement or
entry. No compensation shall be allowed for any delay caused in starting the work on
account of any delay in clearance of the work site.
6.0 Work to execute to the satisfaction of the Corporation’s Engineers:

The contractor shall proceed with the work with diligence & expedition & the whole of the
work herein specified as well as the mode of execution shall be under the supervision &
the direction & shall be carried on to the entire satisfaction of the Corporation’s site
Engineers, who shall have full powers to order the contractor to alter, enlarge or diminish
the form, dimensions, positions, or quantities of any of the work or to make use of
materials & workmanship of different descriptions & qualities from this herein specified.
In the case of any class of work for which there are no Technical Specifications, these
shall be carried out in accordance with the latest IS Codes & in the event of being no
relevant IS Code, the works shall be carried out in accordance with the directions &
instructions of the Corporation’s Engineers at site.

7.0 Workmanship etc.:

The work shall be executed in thoroughly substantial manner with workmanship of best
quality & strictly in accordance with the specifications & with the drawings, or with such
other drawings or written instructions as may from time to time be furnished to the
contractor, in accordance with terms of this contract & shall be completed in every
respect with workmanship implied & necessary according to the fair interpretation &
meaning of the same & should there be any discrepancy between the drawings &
specifications or any difference or dispute as to the dimensions to be worked out or the
mode of doing periodical quantity of the work to be executed or with respect to any
subject arising out of this contract, the decision of the Corporation’s authorized
Engineers shall be final & binding on all parties.

8.0 Samples of descriptive Data:

Samples of descriptive data requiring approval shall be submitted by the Contractor to

the Corporation’s Engineers in good time before the use of such material to permit its
inspection & testing & there-by the approval. The samples shall be properly marked to
show the name of material, manufacture place or origin & the place where it is intended
to be used etc. Failure of any samples to pass specified tests requirements. It shall be
sufficient cause for the refusal to consider any further samples from that source.

9.0 Baselines & Grades:

The Corporation near to the site of work shall furnish one permanent Bench Mark. Semi
permanent baselines & cross lines shall be established at sufficiently spaced intervals
with benchmarks by the Contractor at his own cost & risk. The contractor shall provide at
his expense, all the required pillars, equipments, materials, & labour for the
establishment of the grade lines & bench marks, for that the Contractor shall be
responsible for their further maintenance during the execution of the actual work till the
complete period of construction. The contractor shall be responsible for the proper
execution of work to such lines & levels & grades as may be specified in the drawings,
established, or indicated by the Corporation’s Engineers. All the survey work, if required,
shall be checked by the Corporation’s engineers. However this shall not absolve the
contractor for the correctness of survey/ temporary or permanent Benchmarks.

28 Quality Assurance
10.0 Contactor not to dispose off soil etc.:

The contractor shall not sell or otherwise dispose off or remove except for the purpose of
this contract the sand, ballast, earth, rock or other substances or materials that may be
obtained from any execution made for the purpose of this contract or produce upon the
site at the time of delivery of the possession of the land but also such substances
materials & produce shall be the property of the Corporation & shall be disposed off in
the manner & place as directed by the Corporation’s Engineers.

11.0 Gold, silver, Minerals, Oil Relics, etc. found on the Site:

All gold silver, oil relics, or other minerals, of any description & all precious stones, coins,
treasures relic, antiquities, & other similar things that shall be found in or upon the site
shall be the property of the Corporation. The contractor shall return the gathered things
as above to the authorized representative of the Corporation.

12.0 Fencing, lighting & ventilation:

The contractor shall be responsible for the proper lighting, fencing, guarding & taking of
all the necessary safety measures for all works comprised in the contract & or the proper
provision of temporary roadways, footways, guards fences, caution notices etc. as far as
the same may be rendered necessary by reasons for the work for the accommodation &
protection of workmen foot passenger or other traffic & of the Corporation & occupiers of
adjacent villages, property of the public & shall remain responsible for any accidents that
may occur on account of his failure & timely precautions. All the works & approaches
shall be adequately illuminated with electric lights to the satisfaction of the Corporation’s
Engineers. The power & lighting connections, wiring equipment shall be subject to the
inspection & passing by Electrical Inspector to GOG authorized under the Indian
Electricity Act. Any additions alterations or omissions shall be got approved from the
Corporation’s Engineers got certified from the Electrical Inspector. Work spots such as
faces of excavation of borrow pits; filling area etc. shall be adequately illuminated with
floodlights to the satisfaction of the Corporation’s Engineers.

13.0 Explosive procurement & storage:

Explosives, petrol, oils, fuels, &other inflammable materials shall be stored strictly in
accordance with the rules of the Explosive Department.
The contractor shall at his own expense construct & maintain proper magazines which
are required for the storage of explosive & arrange for storage facilities for oils, petrol,
fuels etc. for use in connection with the work. The contractor shall at his own cost obtain
the necessary license for the storage & use of explosives, oils, petrol, diesel etc. The
Corporation shall not take any responsibility whatsoever in connection with the storage
or use of explosives on the site, any accident occurs in the connection at site or nearby
village or vicinity. All operations of the contractor in which or for which explosives are
employed shall be at the risk of the contractor & upon his own responsibility.

14.0 Liability for accidents to persons:

14.0.1 The contractor or subcontractor shall indemnity the Corporation against any
claims which may be made under the workman’s compensation Act, 1923, or any
statutory modification or other wise for or in respect of any damages or compensation
payable in consequence of any accident or injury caused, by fault of contractor or
subcontractor &sustained by any workmen or other person on the employment of the
contractor or subcontractor. In every case in which by virtue of the provisions of
subsection (1) of section 12 of the workman’s Compensation Act, 1923, the Corporation

29 Quality Assurance
 is obliged to pay compensation to a workman employed by the contactor or
subcontractor in execution of the work, the Corporation will recover from the contractor
the amount of compensation so paid, and without prejudice to the rights of the
Corporation under subsection 12 of the said Act, such amount will be paid back to the
Corporation in 30 days, failing which the Corporation will be at liberty to recover such
amount of any part thereof by deducting it from the dues by the Corporation to the
contractor under this contract or otherwise. The Corporation shall not be bound to
contract any claim made against either of them under section 12, subsection (1) of the
said Act, except on written request from the contractor & upon his giving to the
Corporation full security for all costs for which the Corporation might become liable in
consequence for entertaining such claims.
14.0.2 The contractor and/or subcontractor named in the contract shall indemnity the
Corporation against all claims based upon injury or death to any person in the
employment of the contractor or sub contactor, or to the third parties under paragraph
(a) 2 or condition no.47 to the extent of any sums recovered under the insurance policy.
14.0.3 On occurrence of the accident which result on the death of workman employed by
the contractor or subcontractor, which is so serious as to be likely to result in the death
of any workman, the contractor shall within 24 hours of happening of such event intimate
in writing to the Engineers of the Corporation the fact of such accidents. The contractor
or subcontractor shall indemnity the Corporation against all loss or damage sustained,
by the Corporation resulting directly or indirectly from his failure to give intimation in the
manner aforesaid including penalties or fine if any, payable by Corporation as a
consequence of Corporation’s failure, to give notice under workman’s compensation Act
or otherwise to confirm to the provisions of the said Act in regard to such accident.
Liability for damage to woks & materials:
14.0.4 The contractor shall during, the progress of the work, properly protect the works &
the existing Ash Disposal pipelines & materials placed at his disposal or acquired for him
by the Corporation, & shall remain answerable & liable for all accidents, damages. Loss
etc. & shall be made good in the most complete & substantial manner by & at the sole
cost of the contractor & to the reasonable satisfaction of the Corporation’s Engineers. If
the contractor fails to make good such losses, damages within the specified time given
by the Corporation, the Corporation shall be at liberty to recover the amount towards
such expenses fixed by the Corporation’s Engineers & shall be recovered from the
amount due under this contract to the contractor.
14.0.5 Further the contractor shall, at all times, protect & preserve all materials,
machinery, equipments, Ash Disposal pipelines, allied structures such as spillway
chambers, ADP, haul road and ramps etc., materials &so acquired by himself or
Corporation for the execution of the work. All reasonable requests of the Corporation’s
Engineers to enclose or especially protect any of the above shall be expeditiously
complied with at no extra cost.
14.0.6 If the Engineer considers that the work, asked for in the aforesaid Para, is not
sufficiently & satisfactorily protected by the contractor, on requests made for, the
Corporation shall be entitled to arrange for such protection at his unfettered discretion &
recover the cost thereof from the contractor.
14.0.7 Until the work shall be or deemed to be taken, over as aforesaid, the contractor
shall also be liable for &shall be deemed to have indemnified the Corporation in respect
of all damage or injury to any person or any property of the Corporation or of others in
villages near by, occasioned by the negligence of the contractor or his workmen, or his
subcontractor, or by defective /ill methods of working.
14.0.8 Materials, tools, machinery brought on the site of work: All materials, tools &
tackles, machinery etc. of the contractor brought to & delivered upon the site for the
work shall be the time of their being so brought shall be deemed to be the property of
the Corporation in it’s possession to be used for the purpose of the work & for that
purpose only & shall not on any account be removed or taken away by the contractor or
any other person without the permission of the Corporation’s Engineers in charge, but
the contractor shall be fully responsible for & loss, destruction thereof or damage

30 Quality Assurance
 thereto. The Corporation may have a lien on such materials, tools, tackles, machinery
for any sum or sums which may at any time prior to the completion of the works be or
owing to the Corporation by the contractor, under in respect of & dispose of any such
materials, tools. Tackles, machinery in such a manner as the Corporation may think fit &
to apply the proceeds in or towards the satisfaction of such sum or sums due or owing
as aforesaid but subject to such lien & power of sale & disposal such surplus materials,
tools, tackles, machinery shall belong to the contractor & may be removed & disposed
off by him as he may think fit.

15.0 Access to site & work on site:

The Engineer or his authorized representative may if he considers fit from time to time
enter upon any lands which may be in the possession of the contractor under this
contract, for the purpose of executing any work not included in this contract & may
execute by other contractors at his opinion & the contractor shall in accordance with the
requirements of the Engineer, afford all reasonable facilities for execution of the works
including occupation of lands by structure or other wise for any other contractor
employed by the Corporation & his workmen or for the execution on or near site of the
works not included in the contract. The contractor shall not be entitled for any extra
claims on such executions.

16.0 Inspection of Works:

The Corporation’s Engineers or their authorized representatives shall have at all times
power to inspect the works, wherever in progress, either on site, on the contractor’s
premises in connection with this contract. Further, the contractor shall not allow any
person other than Corporation’s Engineers or their authorized representatives to the
work sites. The contractor shall, during working hours, maintain supervisors of sufficient
training & experience to supervise the work as a whole. All orders & directions given to
such supervisors or other staff shall be deemed to have been given to the contractor.
Further the Corporation may by due notice, desire a high ranking member of the
supervisor staff of the contractor to be present on any specified inspection & the
contractor shall comply with such directions.

17.0 Action & compensation payable in case of Bad Work:

If at any time before the refund of Security Deposit to the Contractor it appears to
Gujarat Energy Transmission Corporation’s Executive Engineers or subordinate and / or
any authorized officer of the Corporation that the work has been executed with unsound,
imperfect or unskilled workmanship or with materials of inferior quality or any materials
or articles provided by him are unsound or of quality inferior to that contracted as
specified in the Technical Specifications or other wise not in accordance with the
contract, it shall be lawful for the Gujarat Electricity Corporation to intimate that the
works , materials, articles which may have been inadvertently passed, certified & paid to
the Contractor. The Contractor shall be bound to rectify or remove & reconstruct the said
work so specified at his own charge & cost & in the event of being failure to do so within
specified period by the Corporation, the Contractor shall be liable to pay compensation
at the rate of 1% per day on the amount of the estimate for the specified work. For the
period up to 10 days this shall be attended by the Contractor else the Corporation shall
get these rectifications at the risk & expense in all respects of the Contractor.

18.0 Cleaning up:

18.0.1 The contractor shall at all time keep the construction areas & his labour colony &
storage areas free from accumulation of waste, or rejected materials.

31 Quality Assurance
 18.0.2 Prior to the completion of the work the contractor shall remove all rubbish from &
about the premises, & tools, tackles, machinery, left out materials consumable, rejected
materials, scaffolding etc. which are not the part of the permanent work/structure. The
premises will be left fully satisfactorily to the Corporation’s Engineers/representatives;
thereafter only the completion certificate will be issued.

19.0 Contractor’s inventory of equipments & machinery:

The contractor shall prepare & maintain an inventory of all machinery, equipments,
temporary rolling stock, and plant purchased or hired for the use of this contract’s
execution.
19.1 Progress Schedule:
Contractor shall furnish a Construction Schedule on receipt of LOI or Work Order which
ever is earlier, in quadruplicate, indicating the date of start, the monthly progress
expected to be achieved & anticipated completion of each major items of the work under
this contract & procurement of equipments, machinery & other materials. The schedule
should be such as is practicable of achievement the whole work in the time limit & of the
particular items on due date specified in the contract & shall have the approval of the
Corporation’s Engineers. Detailed schedules for each working season showing the
progress month by month to be achieved is to be submitted to the Corporation. The
Corporation is empowered to ask for more detailed progress schedule week by week for
any item or for all items & the contractor shall comply when asked for.
19.2:The Corporation shall have, at all times the right without in any way violating this
contract, or forming grounds for claim to alter the order of the works or any part thereof
& the contractor shall after receiving such direction proceed in the order directed. The
contractor shall revise the progress schedule accordingly & submit to the Corporation in
four copies.
19.3: The contractor shall furnish sufficient machinery, equipment, labourers & materials
shall work for such hours & shifts as may be necessary to maintain/achieve the progress
of the scheduled, after getting written permission of Engineer In Charge.
19.4 The progress schedules shall be in the form of bar charts, statements &/or reports
as may be necessary & directed by the Corporation’s representatives.
19.5.1 Unsatisfactory Progress: In the case of unsatisfactory progress by the contractor
not proceeding as per the Scheduled Programme approved by the Corporation, suitable
actions shall be taken in accordance with Clauses No. 3 & 4 of the booklet prescribed by
the Corporation for ``Tender & Contract for Works’’.
Recoveries:
Recoveries due from the contractor, up to the end of the month previous to the one in
which the bill is prepared shall be made from bills approved for payment every month or
at other periods when the bills are prepared, for the enlisted, but not limited to, in the
order of priorities & extents. (a) Deduction on account of security deposit @2.5% in two
parts, in first two RA bills.
(b) Penalty, if Levi able,
Expenditure, in full, incurred by the Corporation on contractor’s behalf in labour,
machinery, equipment etc.,
(c) Charges for services such as water & power supply, etc. in full,
(d) Hire charges for Corporation’s or Government machinery if any,
(e) Other recoveries not specifically mentioned but recoverable.

20.0 Date of completion:

The contractor shall complete the whole work & hand over to the Corporation on or
before the date specified in the work order. Provided always that if in the opinion of the
Corporation the completion of the works shall be delayed by any change of original
design or by the order of the Corporation, of any altered, modified substituted or
additional works or materials omitted or by strikes, lock outs or stoppages of labour, or

32 Quality Assurance
 revolution, riots, civil or political disturbance or by the contractor not being given
possession of the site or by the Corporation taking possession of & using the site or part
thereof or the works or part thereof or any part of the work or delayed supply of material
by the Corporation or by the not receiving any orders, drawings, instructions or
directions in time or by the suspensions if the works or by fire, flood exceptionally bad
weather tempest , storm or by from unforeseen circumstances(& whether the same shall
be due to any act or omission of the Corporation or it’s representatives) the Corporation
may in the unfettered discretion thinks fit either forthwith or at a later time & from time to
time not withstanding that the prescribed or extended time for completion has expired or
work have been completed, extend the date for the completion of the works to such a
date as deemed fit as practical & acceptable.

21.0 Subletting of contract:

There will be generally no objection on the component parts if the work, being given over
to responsible subcontractors but Corporation shall under no circumstances recognize
these subcontractors & the responsibility of executing the work in the accordance with
the conditions of contract will entirely rest on the main contractor. However written
consent of EIC shall be obtained before subletting. The main contractor will therefore
always have the very responsible member, preferably a technical hand present on the
works with power to sign all work orders issued on the site of work & to take requisite
actions in the interest of efficient execution of work.

22.0 Other contracts for the suspension stoppage or curtailments of work:

If during the tendency of the contract the Engineer shall for any reason (which shall be
unquestioned) whatsoever require the whole or any part of the work as specified in the
contract to be suspended for any period or shall not require the whole or any part of the
work as specified in the contract to be carried out at all by the contractor, he shall give
notice in writing of the fact to the contractor who shall thereupon suspend or stop the
work totally or partially as the case may be. In any case except as provided hereunder,
the contractor shall have no claim to any payment or compensation whatsoever on
account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of
the work in full but he did not so derive in consequence of the full amount of the work not
having being carried out, or on account of any loss that he may be put on account of
materials purchased or agreed to be purchased or for unemployment of labour recruited
by him. He shall not also have any claim for compensation but reason of any alterations
having been made in the original specifications, drawings, designs & instructions that
may involve any curtailment of the work as originally contemplated. Where however,
materials have already been purchased or agreed to be purchased by the contractor,
before receipt of the aforesaid notice, the contractor shall be paid for such materials at
the rate determined by the Corporation, provided they would have been useful for the
work curtailed or stopped are not in excess of requirements are of approved quality &
cannot be used on other contract works or otherwise by the contractor &/or shall be
compensated for the loss if any, that he may put to, on respect of materials agreed to be
purchased by him, the amount of such compensation to be determined by the
Corporation, whose decision shall be final. The Corporation may order the contractor to
suspend any work on account of bad weather; rain or storm & such other adverse
climate conditions & the contractor shall comply with the same. The contractor shall not
be entitled to any compensation for such suspensions of work.

23.0 Other contractors:

Apart from this work, the other works connected with this work will be simultaneously
going on either departmentally or through any other contractors. The contractors shall
co-operate with others to their fullest extent & shall allow each other every facility &

33 Quality Assurance
 coordination for the execution of their works simultaneously & satisfactorily, during their
action of machinery or execution of any other co-ordination works, the contractor will
have to co-operate as directed buy the Corporation’s Engineers in the charge of the
works. In such cases the contractor shall not be entitled for any compensation on
account of reduction or stoppage of labour force/machinery/equipments etc. In the
matter of dumps, haul, roads, drainage, diversion & the like, each contractor shall take
into considerations the needs & the requirements of the other contractors if any working
in the vicinity. Further no contractor shall take or cause to be taken any stops or action
that may cause disruption, discontent or disturbance to the work, labour arrangements
etc. to other contractors. Any action, by any contractor, which the Corporation in the
unquestioned discretion may consider as infringement of the above code, would be
considered as a breach of the contract conditions & the Corporation may take such
action as may deem fit against the contractor & the action taken shall be considered as
final & binding.

24.0 Speed of work:

The contractor shall at all times maintain the speed of work to confirm to the latest
operative progress schedule but the Corporation may at any time with sufficient notice in
writing direct the contractor to slow down or to accelerate any part or the whole work for
any reason (which shall not be questioned whatsoever) & the contractor shall comply
with such orders of the Corporation. The compliance of such orders shall not entitle the
contractor to any claim or compensation.

25.0 Contract document & matters to be treated as confidential:

All documents, correspondence, decision & other matters concerning the contract shall
be considered as of confident & restricted nature by the contractor & he shall not divulge
or allow access there to any unauthorized persons of any kind.

26.0 Access to the contractor’s book:

Whenever it is considered necessary by the Corporation to ascertain the actual cost for
execution of any particular item of work, the Corporation may do so by directing the
contractor to produce the original invoices.

27.0 Interest on money due to the contractor:

The contractor shall not be entitled to receive the interest on the payment due to him
upon measurements or otherwise or on any balance payable to the contractor. Also,
contractor shall not be allowed to relate it with the progress of work at site in any case.

28.0 Measurements to be provisional & subject to correction:

Every measurement for running payment on account of work done shall be subject to
adjustment or final measurements. In case there is disagreement between such
intermediate & final measurements, the latter shall prevail.

29.0 R. A Bills:

The contractor shall submit his R/A bill every month, which shall be processed in
reasonable time after checking and recording the MB. The contractor shall be
responsible to submit R/A bills well in time and shall depute his representative for joint
checking of the measurements; so that the bills can be processed in time. The
contractor shall take due care in this regard, failing to which consequences will be up to
him.

34 Quality Assurance
30.0 Breach on part of Corporation not to annul contract:

No breach or non-observance on the part of the Corporation of any the agreements

contained
herein, shall annul this contract of discharge the contractor from the observance &
performance
thereof, or of any part thereof, but on application by the contractor & in the unfettered
discretion of the Corporation an extension of time may be given to the contractor in
respect of such breach or non-observance by the Corporation.

31.0 Labour conditions:

31.1 The contactor shall comply with the labour laws laid as may be current & shall
furnish the returns & information as may be specified from time to time.
31.2 The contractor shall as far as possible obtain his requirements of labour, skilled &
unskilled from the local areas.
31.3 The contractor shall pay wages as per the latest circulars applicable at the times for
the minimum wages to be paid to unskilled, semiskilled & skilled labour prescribed by
the Govt. of Gujarat.
31.4 The Corporation shall have the authority to remove from the work site any person,
who may be considered unfit or undesirable & no responsibility shall be accepted by the
Corporation for any delay or extra expense caused towards the completion of the work
by such removal.
31.5 If Govt. declares a state of scarcity or famine to exist in any village situated within
10 Km. of the work site then the piece worker or contractor shall employ upon such parts
of work, as are suitable for unskilled labour any person certified by the Corporation or by
any person to whom the Corporation has authorized, & shall pay the minimum wages as
fixed by the Govt. of Gujarat in this behalf. Any dispute that may arise in the
implementation of the clause the decision of the Supdt. Engineer (civil) shall be final &
binding.
31.6 The contractor shall provide reasonable facilities to the labour employed by him.
The usual facilities are weather proof shelter for rest & meal, supply of whole some
drinking water, facilities for obtaining food, reasonable washing & sanitary facilities,
special facilities for women workers, suitable residential accommodation, general
sanitation & health measures etc.
31.7 The implementation of any & all provisions of this clause in no way entitles the
contractor to claim in this contract.

32. Local Laws:

31.1 All local laws in force at the time entering into the contract & those enacted there
after shall be binding on the contractor & he shall abide by the same.
All import duties, sales tax & other local taxes shall be borne by the contractor & they
shall be deemed to have covered by this quoted rate.

33. Performa returns:

The contractor shall maintain proforma, charts & details regarding machinery,
equipments, materials labour, personnel & other matters as may be specified by the
Corporation time to time.

34. Maintenance:

The contractor shall maintain the works under contract for a period of one year from
actual date of completion and during this period all maintenance expenditure incurred
shall be borne by the contractor.

35 Quality Assurance
35. Insurance:

The contractor shall procure, or arrange for the Subcontractor to procure insurance
coverage in amounts approved by the Corporation & sufficient to protect against the
following risks arising out of the work. Accidents & professional & non-professional
sickness of all labourers & personnel engaged in the work as required by Law pursuant
to Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923 or Revised version thereof. Injury or death to
third parties including without limitation injury or death caused by any of the construction
aids or vehicles or rented machinery, equipments used by the contractor or
subcontractor whether at the site or elsewhere. Damage to contractors tools machinery
construction equipments form works, scaffolding materials etc. due to floods, earthquake
or any such cause. Damage to the existing permanent structures of the Corporation &
nearby villages, equipments of the Corporation or of the co-contractors working in the
area for other works.
All the above conditions referred for the insurance cover, shall be in effect from the date
of commencement of the work until the Corporation has accepted the work. In the
policies covering the insurances referred to above, the Corporation, contractor & the
subcontractor shall be as co-ensured where possible.
The cost of insurance shall be borne by the contractor.

36. Liens:

Final payment to the contractor shall not be made until the contractor shall deliver to the
Corporation receipts in full in lieu thereof, & in either case, an affidavit that so far he has
knowledge or information the releases & materials for which in lien could be filed. If any
lien remains unsatisfied after all the payments are made, the contractor shall refund to
the Corporation all money that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such a
lien, including all costs & a reasonable attorney.

36 Quality Assurance
 SECTION –D
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:

37 Quality Assurance
 STANDARD FIELD QUALITY PLAN

FOR CIVIL WORKS OF GETCO PROJECTS

Sr. Component/Operation & Sampling Ref. Document & Testing Remarks Check
No. Description of Test Plan With Acceptance Norm Agency
Basis
1 MATERIAL
A CEMENT
(i) Fineness As per mix Design IS: 456,IS: 269 Govt. The tests for cement B
(ii) Compressive Strength requirement IS: 8112,IS: 12269 Approved Lab Coarse aggregates &
(iii) Initial & final setting time IS: 1489 Fine aggregate shall
be conducted during
Mix design for
Concrete. Mix design
shall be subject to
approval by GETCO
B
COARSE
AGGREGATES
(I) Determination of Particle size As per mix Design IS: 383,IS: 2386 Govt. In case of change of B
(Sieve Analysis) requirement IS: 456 Approved Lab source of coarse &
(ii) Flakiness Index Fine aggregates, mix
(iii) Crushing Value Design should be
(iv) Specific Gravity revised.
(v) Bulk Density
(vi) Absorption Value
(vii) Moisture Content
(viii) Soundness of Aggregate
(ix Presence of deleterious
materials.
C
FINE
AGGREGATE
B
(I) As per mix Design IS: 383,IS: 2386,IS:
Gradation /Determination of requirement 456
(ii) Particle size
Specific Gravity and density.
(iii)
Moisture content
(iv)
Absorption Value
(v)
Bulking
(vi)
Silt Content Test
(vii)
Presence of deleterious
materials

D
BRICKS

38 Quality Assurance
 B
(i) Dimensional tolerance As per relevant IS. GETCO Specs. Govt. To be approved by
IS: 3495) Approved Lab GETCO
(ii) Compressive Strength (Part I to Iv)

(iii) Water Absorption

(iv) Efflorescence

E
WATER
I C
(i) Cleanliness (Visual Check) Random S: 456,IS: 3025 and Contractor / Each source to be
Specification. The GETCO Approved by
Water used for GETCO
mixing concrete
shall be fresh, clean
and free from oil,
acids and alkalis,
organic materials,
or other deleterious
materials
(II) Chemical and physical One sample per IS: 456,IS: 3025 and Govt.
properties of water for Source GETCO Approved Lab
checking its suitability for Specification
construction proposes.

F REINFORCEMENT STEEL

IS: 432,IS: 1139, Contractor Approved by B

(i) Identification & size Random IS: 1786 & GETCO should GETCO.
Specification produce
(ii) Chemical Analysis Test One sample per manufacturer’s test
Heat Certificate.
(iii) Tensile Test i.e
from approved
(iv) Yield stress\proof stress One sample per Manufacturer.
Each size
(v) Percentage Elongation One sample per
Each size Govt.
(vi) Bend/Re-bend Test One sample per Approved Lab
Each size
(vii) Reverse Bend Test for HYSD One sample per
Wire Each size

2 WORKS
GANTRY/EQUIPMENT
FOUNDATION/CABLE
TRENCH
BEFORE EXCAVATION
A

39 Quality Assurance
 IS: 4091,IS: 3764 Contractor Approved by C
(i) Checking of pegs location as 100% on each & GETCO approved GETCO.
Per line and alignment Location Drawing/
(ii) Checking of pit making as 100% on each specification
per Drawing & RL Location

B
EXCAVAVATIO
N
Contractor Approval by B
(i) Dimensional conformity Each location IS: 4091,IS: 3764 GETCO.
& GETCO approved (1) Foundations will
(ii) Verticality/slopes & Square Each location Drawing/ Contractor not be placed on
ness of each pit Specification. filled up soil
(2) Minimum depth
Of foundation will
(iii) Verification of classification of Each location Joint inspection be 750 mm in
foundation wherever By GETCO. Virgin soil.
applicable. And Contractor

P.C.C. Padding For all locations IS:456,GETCO Joint inspection Approval by C

C Approved foundation By GETCO. GETCO.
Drawing & And Contractor
specification

SHUTTERING (Form work)

D

Check for materials, C

breakage
Or damage
Check for plumb, alignment
Parallelism, squareness and
equidistance from stub
Dimensional check IS: 456,GETCO Joint inspection Approved by
Check for level & height Specification/ By GETCO. GETCO.
Check for rigidity of 100% approved drawings. And Contractor
frame/tightness
Cleaning and oiling
Diagonal bracing if required
as
Per drawings/site conditions.
Checking of joints to avoid
undue loss of cement slurry

PLACEMENT OF
E REINFORCEMENT STEEL.

Check the steel bars for B

rust,cracks,surface
flaws,laminate etc. (Visual
chek)
Check as per the bar bending
Schedule before placement

40 Quality Assurance
 of Concrete. IS: 456,GETCO Joint inspection Approved by
Specification/ By GETCO. GETCO.
Check cutting tolerance for 100% approved drawings. And Contractor
bars as per check
List/drawings. Check whether
all bent bars and lap lengths
are as per approved bar
bending schedule.

Check whether all joints &

crossing of bars are tied
properly with right gauge &
annealed wire as per
specification.

Check for proper cover

distance spacing of bars,
spacers, & chairs after the
reinforcement cage has been
put inside the formwork.

Check whether lapping of

bars are tied properly with
right gauge and annealed
wire as per specification.

PILE FOUNDATION
F (Additional Tests)

Check of centre line of pile Each pile group IS:2911 & GETCO Joint inspection Checklist to be prepared
B
group Approved pile By GETCO. And signed jointly
Foundation Drawings/
And Contractor
Check pile location Each pile Specification.

Temporary casing tube & Each pile

permanent line also check
Thickness of liner material (if
applicable)

Bentonite slurry (if Each pile

applicable)

Pile depth, level, size and Each pile

alignment
Each pile
Chipping of pile head
As per GETCO
Pile load testing GBOQ/Specifica-
Tion IS: 2911

Anchor bolts if applicable

Level, centre to centre 100% on each GETCO

distance Location Approved pile foundation
Of bolts. Drawings/specification
100% on each
Visual check for galvanizing Location

41 Quality Assurance
 CONCRETING
G

APPROVAL OF MIX For each grade of IS: 456 & GETCO Contractor Approval by GETCO A
a DESIGN. Cocrete. Approved
specifications

Batching, mixing & placing of Each Mix. IS: 456 & GETCO Contractor Approval by GETCO B
b concrete and compacting Approved drawings
And specifications
Placing concrete, and
compacting 100%

CONCRETE TESTING
c

Slump test One sample per IS:456,IS:516,IS:1199 Contractor Results to be B

foundation And GETCO recorded
Specifications and signed
Check for quantities for 100% on all Jointly
cement, fine aggregate, locations
coarse aggregate and water
while batching

CONCRETE CUBE
d TESTING

Compressive Strength Sample (Consisting Is:1199,IS:456, Govt. To be witnessed & A

of minimum 3 IS:516 Approved lab Approved by GETCO
cubes)
(i) For Footing
column & plinth
beam shall be
tested for 28
days strength.
(ii)For slab,2
sample to be
collected for
7days & 28 days
strength test.

BACKFILLING
H

Check for thickness of Layer 100% GETCO Govt. To be witnessed & C

& watering Specifications. Approved lab Approved by GETCO
Visual check for
correction/ramming
Compaction test (Percentage
of Max dry density

BRICK-WORK
I

Mortar mix/proportion Random IS:2250, Contractor. Approval by GETCO C

GETCO Specification
Plumb & Alignment Random

42 Quality Assurance
 Joints Random

PLASTERING
J

Plastering thickness and Random GETCO Contractor. Approved by GETCO

evenness Specification

Mortar mix proportion Random GETCO

Specification

CURING FOR CONCRETE, 100% on all IS 5613 & GETCO Contractor. Approval by GETCO C
K MASONRY,PLASTERING locations Specification,.
ETC.

SITE SURFACING
L
Leveling 100% GETCO Contractor Approval by GETCO B
Specification
Soil Sterilization Spraying of 100% GETCO
chemicals Specification

Grading of 20/40/60 mm One sample IS383 & 2386

Stone GETCO
Specs.
Compacted thickness of Random GETCO
20/40/60 mm stone layers as Specification
applicable

43 Quality Assurance
 :GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR IMPLEMENTATION:
1. Details of categories of check codes A,B & C including accepting and deviation dispositioning
authorities are indicated at annexure-I

2. GETCO specification shall mean GETCO technical specification, approved drawings data sheets
and
Law provisions applicable for the specific contract.

3. Acceptance criteria and permissible limits shall be as per relevant Indian Standards and / or
prevalent code of practice / GETCO specifications.

4. It is clarified that the tests indicated at column 2 of this FQP i.e. Against column “component
operation &
Description of test “, are only generally required to be conducted. However GETCO reserves the
right
to carry-out any additional tests at any stage if the situation so warrants.

5. SE (TR) of circle shall approve testing laboratory before accepting the test results from the lab.

6. SE (TR) of circle shall approve the sources for cement, coarse aggregate, fine aggregate & water
before actual utilization.

7. All the testing & measuring equipments used by the contractor for testing are required to be
calibrated. A
Copy of valid calibration report shall be retained by GETCO based on the joint inspection.

8. Classification of foundations shall be approved by GETCO based on the joint inspection report &
Soil investigation reports.

9. Zone-IV fine aggregate shall be used for nominal mix. Reinforced cement concreting work.

Zone-IV fine aggregate shall be avoided for design mix reinforced cement concreting work
unless tests have been done to ascertain the suitability of proposed with the prior approval
GETCO sit.

10. Bricks should be free from cracks, flaws and modules of free lime. They should have smooth
rectangular
faces with sharp corners and should be uniform in colour.

11. Cement

In case of cement is in the scope of the contractor, the same shall be procured from sources
approved by
GETCO site and got tested on sample basis for specified acceptance tests as specified in the
FQP at a reputed third party lab approved by GETCO site.

The samples of cement for site testing shall be taken within three week of the delivery and all the
tests
shall be commenced within one week of sampling. If the cement remains in store for a period of
more than
Six months. All the site tests are required to repeated before usage.

The source and grade of cement shall be as per approved design mix.

12. Reinforcement steel & structural steel used in cable trenches & foundations

In case supply of steel is in the scope of the contractor, the same shall be procured from the main
producers i.e. SAIL, TISCO, IISCO or Rashtriya Ispat Nigam or the rerollers approved by main producers.

44
 The results of testing of cement and reinforcement steel referred in 12.1 and 13.1 above shall be got
approved from GETCO site before cement and reinforcement steel are put to use. However, in
exceptional cases due to exigencies of work, GETCO site may authorize the contractor to use cement
and reinforcement steel even before the test results are received. However, in all such cases, if the test
results subsequently received are found to be not complying with the specified acceptance criteria, the
contractor shall have to dismantle and recast all such foundations cast with such non-conforming
materials at his own cost. Confirmation to this effect shall be obtained from the contractor by the project
authorities beforehand in all such cases.

13. The contractor shall submit welding procedure specification (WPS) including the type of electrode
used
for approval of GETCO site before staring the welding work. The welder with proper certificate
shall be deployed

14. Approval / acceptance of individual test results by GETCO in the course of execution of contract
will neither relieve the contractor from his contractual obligations and responsibilities, nor does it
limit the
owner’s right under the contract.

15. In case, requirement of special items like super sulphated cement, corrosive resistant
reinforcement
Steel (CRS) etc. arise due to site conditions, the specific approval of GETCO may be obtained
before
using the same and all the tests as per relevant standards shall be carried out.

16. All the materials shall be stored by the contractor in a manner affording convenient access for
identification
and inspection at all the times. Storage of material shall be in accordance with IS: 4032 (latest
edition).

45
 ANNEXURE-I

GUJARAT ENERGY TRANSMISSION CORPORATION LIMITED

Accepting and deviation dispositioning authorities for different
categories of checks as envisaged in field quality plant

Category type 100%Checking/ counter Accepting Deviation

of witnessing by check/ Authority, if Dispositioning
Check Test results Authority
surveillance Are within
check by Permissible
Limit

A Critical Executing deptt. SE(TR) SE(TR) CE, Corporate

Plus EE (civil) of Plus EE(C) Plus EE(C) Office
circle
with Contractor’s
Engineer

B Major Executing deptt. EE(C) EE(C) SE(TR)

plus DE(C) Plus EE(C)

C Minor Executing deptt. DE(C) DE(C) EE(C)

plus JE(C) Plus DE(C)

46
 (D) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
(E1) General Conditions :
1. The contractors shall at their own expense make all necessary provisions for housing,
water supply, and sanitary arrangements for their employees as well as for works and
shall pay direct to the authorities concerned, all rates and taxes.
2. The contractor shall make their own arrangements for the necessary approach, road,
for transport of their materials and be responsible for the compensation on account of
damage to crop etc. & shall till completion of work.
3. All the royalty charges, Octroi and other duties & all taxes will be paid by the
contractor and no extra be claimed on this account.
4. Godowns or sheds hired or constructed for storing of controlled materials and more
particularly of cement shall be such as would prevent the materials from getting
damaged in any way.
5. It will be absolutely incumbent on the contractors to have on the site of work only such
of the materials as have been duly passed by the Engineer-in-charge. Materials that
have been rejected must on no account be allowed to remain on the site, and in spite
written order to do so, any such rejected material is on the site beyond a period of 48
hours notice, the Engineer-in-charge shall have the right to remove it, at the risk and cost
of the contractors and even to destroy it.
6. It must be distinctly understood that conditions of contract and of claims in respect of
extra work, will not be allowed unless the works to which they relate is clearly without the
spirit and meaning of the specifications or unless such works are ordered in writing by
the Engineer-in-charge and claimed for in specified manner.
7. On completion of the work, the site shall be cleared by the contractor within the
stipulated period, and ground brought to original state and they shall not be entitled for
any extra claim on this account.
8. General Specifications of the relevant Indian standard specification shall also apply.
9. Damage to work clause:
The works whether fully constructed or not and all materials, machinery plant tools,
temporary buildings and other things connected there shall be at the risk and in the sole
charge of the contractor, until the works have been delivered, completed to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in – charge and certificate from him to the effect is obtained.
Until such delivery, the contractor shall at their own cost, take all the precautions
reasonably necessary, to keep all the aforesaid works, materials, machinery, plant tools.
Temporary buildings and other things connected with the works, free from any loss or
damage and in the event of the same or any part thereof being lost or damaged, shall
forthwith within the possible speed, reinstate and made good such loss or damage at
contractor’s own cost.
10. Any components or part of the work shall not be given to any sub-contractor without
approval of the competent authority of the Corporation. The whole responsibility of the
execution of the work, as per the terms and conditions of the contract, will entirely rest of
the main contractor. The main contractor shall always keep his responsible
representative, preferably a technical hand, on work site with powers to sign M.R.s. and
take necessary decision and implement the instructions issued in the interest of efficient
execution of the works.
11. The Engineer-in-charge will fix the hours of work, and no work shall be executed
beyond that period, during night time or in absence of the Engineer-in-charge of his
authorized agent. The box measures shall be filled only in the presence of the engineer-
in-charge or his authorized agent.
12. Contractor will be asked to present the sample of materials, and the approved
samples will be preserved at the site of work, and no charge in the approved sample will
be allowed, without the written permission of the Engineer-in-charge.

47
13. In any work is not executed according to the specifications, and the directions of the
Engineer-in - charge, the same will be rejected, and the contractor has re execute the
same without any financial implication to the Corporation.
14. Contractor will have to communicate the name of his authorized agent, who shall be
present on the works, and shall be authorized to sign the material requisitions, receive
instruction given verbally or on the order book, on behalf of the contractor.
15. The contractor will have to sign the conditions of contract, and execute the
agreements, send the list of previous works executed, solvency certificate and pay up
the security deposits, falling to that, the tender will be rejected and earnest money
deposited will be forfeited. The value of the stamp paper and stamp duty charges shall
be borne by the contractor.
16. Tenderer must return the form of tender, with the specifications and the schedule of
quantities, and rates and other schedules only signed on each page. Any tender not
bearing signature of the tenderer on all the documents accompanying the tender is liable
to be rejected.
17. Before submitting his tender, unit rates, which shall be for the finished work
complete, including charges involved in testing, maintenance for a period of 12 months,
the tenderer shall closely examine the specifications and carefully study the drawings
and all documents, which form a part of the contract, to be entered into by the accepted
tenderer.
18. The Tenderer must visit the site of works and see for himself the site conditions
regarding water, labour conditions rates approach road during all seasons and all other
matters affecting the works before submitting the tender.
19. The submission of tender by a contractor implies that, he has read these instructions,
the conditions of contract etc. and has made himself aware of the scope and
specifications of the work to be done, and of conditions and rates at which stores will be
issued to him, and local conditions and other factors bearing on the executions of the
work. The Corporation will not therefore, after acceptance contractor’s rate, pay any
extra charge for lead or for any other reason. In case the contractor is found later on, to
have misjudged the site conditions.
20. The tender document shall be written legibly and free from erasure, over writing or
conversions of figures. Correction where unavoidable, shall be made by crossing out,
initialing, dating and rewriting.
21. The Corporation or its officers, who accept tender, shall have the right of rejecting all
or any of the tenders, and will not be found to accept the lowest offer not to assign any
reasons whatever, for the rejection of any tender or all tenders.
22. The tender notice to tenderers shall from a part of the contract.
23. The entire work is to be completed, within the stipulated time limit from the date of
issue of letter for commencement of the work by field office. The contractor will not be
eligible for any extra for the idle period of works, or waiting period that may be required
to suit other consideration, and no claims for compensations on account of such, will be
considered. However in case of delay due to circumstances beyond the control of
contractors, either in date of commencement or due to, waiting during construction,
extension in time may be considered for completion of works, without any penalty to the
Corporation.
24. The contractor shall keep full time qualified Civil Engineers at the site, who shall be
fully authorized to receive and comply with such instructions, as given by the Executive
engineer. The name of such Engineer with his qualifications and experience shall be
intimated by the contractor.
The Executive Engineer shall have the right to demand the removal of any technical
personnel, skilled or unskilled workmen, who in his opinion are considered to cause bad
workmanship in the execution of works or to cause indiscipline.
25. The department reserves the right to make any change in the design and the plans of
the works and the contractor shall be bound to carry out them at the rates tendered. No
claim or compensation will be allowed on this account.

48
26. Bills shall be submitted by the contractor monthly on or before the date fixed by the
Executive Engineer, for all works executed in the previous months.
27. Should this tender be accepted I /We hereby agree to abide by and fulfill all the terms
and provisions of the “Tender & contract for works” as applicable, and in default thereof
to forfeit and pay to the Corporation the sums of money due.
28. The contractor shall keep instruction book on site, for taking site instruction from time
to time. This book shall be made available on site whenever asked for.
29. The contractor shall pay wage to the workers, as per minimum wages act as
declared by the Government time to time.
30. The contractor shall follow all labour laws of Govt.
31. Contractor shall arrange for testing of material to be used in the work or finished
product, if desired by the Executive Engineer. The provision shall be made in the unit
rate quoted for this.
32. The full value of the “Earnest Money Deposit” paid herewith, shall be forfeited to the
Corporation, if the contractor fails to deposit the full amount of specified security deposit,
within stipulated time.

(E2) Use of Materials:

I. The contractor shall have to use the best quality of materials in the work, as per
the specifications and relevant I.S. codes. In case Corporation desires to carry
out any field test/laboratory test for any materials required for the work, the
contractor shall arrange for the same at his own cost.
Further, for any finished works such as masonry, plastering, cube testing for all
important concreting work etc., if any testing is required same shall be arranged
by the contractor at his own cost. The contractor shall have to maintain the
regular records for such testing and shall submit along with each R.A. bills.
II. No collection of materials shall be made before it is go t approved from the
Engineer-in-charge.
III. Materials, if and when rejected by the Engineer-in-charge shall be immediately
removed from site of work.
IV. All installations pertaining to water supply and fixtures thereof as well as drainage
lines and sanitary fittings shall be deemed to be completed only after giving
satisfactory tests by the contractor.
V. Approval to the samples of various materials given by the EIC shall not absolve
the contractor from the responsibility of replacing defective material brought on
site or materials used in the work found defective at a later date. The contractor
shall have no claim to any payment or compensation whatsoever on account of
any such material being rejected by E.I.C.
VI. Approval to any of the executed item for the work does not in any way relieve the
contractor of his responsibility for the correctness, soundness and strength of the
structure as per the drawing and specification.

VII. Cement and steel will have to be consumed of following makes only.:

Name of manufacturer of cement Name of manufacturer / supplier of

structural steel / coils / bars /
pipes / reinforcement etc.

Narmada Cement Company Ltd. Steel Authority Of India

Gujarat Ambuja Cement Co. Ltd. Tata Iron & Steel Co. Ltd.
Saurashtra Cement & Chemicals Jindal
Siddhi Cement Lloyds
J. K. Cement Essar Steel Ltd.
L. & T. (Ultratech) Cement Ispat

49
Shree Digvijay Cement Co. Ltd. Shah Alloys Ltd., A’bad
Binani Cement Mahavir rolling mills Ltd., A’bad.
Vikram Cement Bhuwalka Steel Industries, Mumbai
Sanghi Cement Sun Vijay rolling & Engg. Ltd.,
Nagpur
Laxmi Cement Shree Bajrang Alloys Ltd., Raipur
Unique Structure & Towers Ltd.,
Raipur

Special condition for use of cement in work:

1). The rate in Schedule-B is inclusive of cement cost. Contractor has to purchase
fresh 43-53 grade cement confirming to as per IS: 8112 and of approved brand
by G. E. T.C.O.
2). Contractor has to construct pucca go-down at site of work so that cement bags
can be properly preserved to avoid damage due to any kind of water.
3). Contractor has to bring sufficient of cement bags and at no time less than 200
(two hundred.) bags to maintain progress of work .The work should not suffer for
want of cement.
4). Cement should give the required strength.
5). To bring sufficient and timely cement at site is full responsibility of contractor
Nothing extra will be paid on account of any reason to maintain progress of work
and to complete the work in schedule time.
6). Contractor has to submit material account for consumption of cement used with
every bill. In case of not submitting the same, bill will not be passed. Party has to
submit the copy of cement/purchase bill along with each RA Bill/Final Bill.
7). No negative variation will be allowed for consumption in cement then prescribed
as per booklet of technical specification of Corporation/mix design and nothing
will be paid extra for over consumption.
8). Contractor is fully responsible for safety of cement at site; nothing will be paid
extra on account of safety.
9). If Corporation’s authorized representative wants to check cement stock at site,
contractor has to allow for the same at any time.
10). Contractor has to maintain day-to-day cement consumption / balance account at
site.
11). As far as possible contractor has to maintain supply of cement of only approved
brand and grade throughout the work.
12). Minimum cement consumption considered for cement concrete having grade of
M-15/M-20/M- 25 is 300 Kgs/320-Kgs/340Kgs respectively. Contractor has to use
minimum cement as above. Contractor should not use less than the prescribed
quality of cement even in the case of mix design recommends lower quantity.
13). Contractor will be allowed to carry out work only after physical verification of
cement brought at site.

50
(E3) CEMENT CONSUMPTION SCHEDULE:
The proportion of cement with coarse aggregate and the fine aggregate for cement
concrete works & with sand in case of cement mortar will be in accordance with the
under mentioned schedule showing the consumption of cement in bags. The Engineer-
in-charge will adjust the proportion of cement irrespective of the mix mentioned in the
description of the items, to ensure the consumption of the cement as per prescribed
schedule. The tendered rate will be considered to have been based on the consumption
of cement in this schedule and nothing extra will be paid on this account.
a. If the quantity of cement shown as utilized in the work, is observed to be less than
permitted as below then work will be accepted at reduce rate at the discretion of EIC, if
deemed fit.
Table showing the cement required to be consumed in civil work items.
Sr. No. Item Description Unit Cement to be consumed
in Bags
1. Masonry Works

B.B. Masonry in C.M. 1:6. 1 CMT 1.4

U.C.R. Masonry in C.M. 1:6 1 CMT 1.7
U.C.R. with pointing in C.M. 1: 2 1 CMT 2.0
115 mm thick B. B. Partition in C.M. 1:4 1 SMT 0.2
–do- but with both sides plaster in
C.M. 1:3;12 mm thick. 1 SMT 0.46
2. Cement Concrete works without finishing 1 SMT 0.46
C.C. 1:1 ½ : 3 1 CMT 8.12
C. C. 1 : 2 : 4 1 CMT 6.27
C.C. 1 : 3 : 6 1 CMT 4.42
C.C. 1 : 4 : 8 1 CMT 3.00
C.C. 1 : 5 : 10 1 CMT 2.47
3. Flooring
25 mm thick I.P.S. in C.C. 1:2:4 1SMT 025
–do- 40 mm thick 1SMT 0.35
–do- 50 mm thick 1 SMT 0.45
–do- 75 mm thick 1SMT 0.60
–do- 100 mm thick 1SMT 0.75
Cement for fixing marble Mosaic Tiles 1SMT 0.13
–do- White glazed tiles with 12 mm thick 1SMT 0.25
coating cement plaster for leveling.
Terrazzo floor finishing 20 mm thick with 1SMT 0.25
mm thick back coating cement plaster.
Kotah stone flooring 1SMT 0.20
4. Bedding Below Flooring
110 mm thick C. C. 1 : 4 : 8 1 SMT 0.35
– do – C. C. 1 : 5 : 10 1SMT 0.28
5. Plastering & Pointing
12 mm thick C.P. in C.M. 1 : 3 1SMT 0.13
20 mm thick C.P. in C.M. 1:3 1SMT 0.19
20 mm thick sand faced in two layers. 1SMT 0.20
Cement Pointing 1 : 1 1SMT 0.07
6. Ground Sink 750 x 750 mm with dwarf wall 1NO 0.75
115 mm thick 40 mm IPS with 110mm. thick
1: 5: 10 bedding,
7. RCC water tank 1000 liter. (1.2x1.2x0.9M 1NO 0.75
with free Corporation)
– do – size (2x2x0.9 M with free 1NO 13.0

51
Corporation) (3000 Liters)
8. Kitchen Platform with 75 mm thick slab with 2
partitions with 12 mm smooth plaster.
Size 2000 x 675 mm 1NO 1.50
Size 3000 x 675 mm 1NO 2.50
9. 75 mm quarter round vata in C.M. 1:2. 100RMT 4.0
100 mm – do – 100RMT 5.0
150 mm – do – 100RMT 7.0
10. Fixing W.C. Pan 1 No. 0.50
11. Gully trap with chamber or 300x300mm. 1NO 0.75
Nahni trap 1NO 0.05

12 50mm thick RCC shelf in C.C. 1:1 ½ : 3 1 SMT 0.60

13 - do - precast cover 300 mm, wide 50 mm 1SMT 0.60
thick with smooth finishing on all sides.
14 Manhole chambers with 230 mm, thick
masonry in C.M. 1:6 and depth up to av. 1000
mm incl. cement plaster in C.M. 1:3 inside,
top and outside up to 150 mm depth.
Size 900 x 450 mm 1NO 2.5
Size 600 x 450 mm 1NO 2.0
Size 600 x 600 mm 1NO 2.25
Size 900 x 900 mm 1NO 3.70
Size 450 x 450 mm 1NO 1.25
Size 300 x 300 mm with 110 mm partition 1NO 0.75
wall.
15 RCC hume pipe with filling joints in C.M. 1:1
and bed concrete 1:4:8 below joints 150 mm.
thick
750 mm Dia 1RMT 0.45
650 mm Dia 1RMT 0.35
450 mm Dia 1RMT 0.24
300 mm Dia 1RMT 0.16
225 mm Dia 1RMT 0.12
150 mm Dia 1RMT 0.08
16. Porcelain Pipes (S.W.G. Pipes)
100 mm Dia 1RMT 0.06
150 mm Dia. 1RMT 0.08
17 150 mm Dia half round gutter in C.C. 1:3:6 1 RMT 0.15
18 2500 mm Dia x 300 mm deep of hollow
masonry in C.M. 1:6 with C.C. 1:4:8 bedding 1NO 21.00
& RCC slab cover, for soak pit.
Note: (1) Consumption figures mentioned against each item is for theoretical
consumption. This consumption may very + 5 %.
(2) In the case of plaster to masonry walls, an extra quantity of 1 Cft to mortar for every
100 sq. ft. of area may be allowed at the discretion of EIC.
General: Please refer latest edition of relevant Indian Standard Specification of Code i.e.
B.I.S. General relevant I.S. of B.I.S. shall prevail for all items including materials,
measurements etc. The Item wise detailed specifications are intended for full description
of items covered by Schedule “B”. The specifications are not however intended to cover
every detail and the works shall be executed according to the spirit of the specifications
below and the best prevailing P.W.D. practice. The clarification to any clause in detailed
specifications shall be sought from the latest edition of relevant I.S. specification and
codes. Where these specifications are at variance with the specification laid down in the
I.S. Books stated above, the former will be applicable. As regarded matters not covered

52
by any of the above specification, the decision of the Executive Engineer-in-charge shall
be treated as final and shall be binding upon the contractor. The contractor is expected
to get clarified any doubt about specification, etc. before tendering by discussing with
Executive Engineer.
(E4) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF VARIOUS ITEMS:
A. CONCRETE
I PROPORTION :
The Proportion of fine, coarse aggregates and cement shall be as specified in item of
tender where nominal mix is to be used. Proportion of martial shall be carried out such
that the proportion of materials is readily verifiable. Material must be measured in boxes
of steel or wooden, approved by EIC. Box to be used for which aggregate, its size etc.
shall be clearly marked on box. No ramming of boxes will be permitted. Slight variation in
proportion for technical requirement will have to be carried out without any extra cost.
Boxes shall be filled in presence of authorized agent of Corporation and work shall be
carried out during working hours fixed by Corporation or approved by Engineer-in-
charge.
Where strength of concrete is specified instead of nominal mix, contractor will have
design mix for the specified strength as provided in IS code for design mix. Proportion
shall be used on weight of ingredients of concrete using specified size of the coarse
aggregate in item. If ordered, contractor will have to get economical design from Gujarat
Engineering Research Institute or other approved institution.
Where permitted, in case of small works, proportional of weight basis can be converted
to volumetric for use at site with maintaining same quality of aggregates as used in
designing the mix. Design mix shall be got approved and minimum cement if specified
shall have to be used. Any charge in source of aggregate will require redesigning of the
concrete mix. The engineer shall have right to inspect the source of materials used and
contractor will have to arrange for testing of material, if ordered, without any extra cost.
II MATERIALS :
Coarse aggregate & fine aggregate i.e. black Trap metal, Grit, sand etc. shall confirm to
IS 353 for aggregate form natural source. Aggregates shall be strong, hard, durable, free
from foreign materials and adherence. If found necessary, contractor shall have to
arrange testing of aggregate according to IS 2386 & IS 576.
Coarse aggregate shall be of specified size in the item viz 40 mm, 20 mm, 10 mm etc.
Where gradation is to be done in mix design, it shall be properly graded. Coarse
aggregates shall be free from mica, shale etc. The pieces shall be angular in shape
having granular or crystalline surface, triangular, flaky & laminated should not be used. If
ordered by Engineer-in-charge, aggregates shall have to be screened or washed.
Samples of coarse aggregates to be used shall be got approved and source of approved
quality material shall not be changed without prior approval.
Sand shall be clean river sand of quality approved as per IS confirming to gradation
zones. Sand shall have fineness modulus of not less than 2.2 or more than 3.2.
When sufficient quantity of aggregates are to be collected. they shall be stacked
separately in piles to avoid inter mixing. Mixing or earth, organic materials and other
foreign materials shall be avoided. Rakers shall be used for lifting of coarse aggregates.
Coarse aggregate having specific gravity of less then 2.6 shall not be used.
Cement shall be ordinary Portland cement unless otherwise specifically specified. One
bag of cement is considered 50 kg. of cement. If cement is to be procured by contractor
from outside, certified report that cement confirms to the provision of I.S. shall be
furnished if demanded. If necessary, testing will have to be carried out, in approved
laboratory without any extra cost. For compressive strength and initial setting time test as
per I.S.456.
Water to be used for mixing and curing shall be potable water free injurious and
deleterious materials confirming to IS 3025, proper storing facility at site shall be
provided by contractor and see that water do not get contaminated – The suitability of

53
water for making concrete shall be ascertained. Water shall confirm to the test as given
in I.S.3025.
(III) MIXING
Ingredients i.e. cement, sand and coarse aggregates shall be measured by weigh
batcher or volumetric boxes as specified or approved. Boxes for each component shall
be prepared for such quantity that will be required for one bag of cement.
All ingredients shall be mixed in mechanical mixer. Ingredients shall be first mixed dry for
1 minute and than required quantity of water is added as per design and mixed for
minimum 1 ½ minutes till concrete is uniform. Entire concrete in the mixing drum shall be
discharged in pre operation before raw materials for second batch is feed into the drum.
Concrete which can be laid before initial setting time of cement shall be prepared. Party
set or tempered concrete shall not be used. Mixer machine, weigh batcher etc. shall be
cleared after completion of work. Mechanical mixture shall comply to I.S.1791.
For checking consistency and workability of concrete, slump test shall be carried out as
per IS 1199 if desired by Engineer-in-charge.
(IV) LAYING
Before laying of concrete, shuttering and reinforcement shall be got checked. Where
inserts are to be provided, they shall be fixed properly at places shown. Concrete shall
be laid on cleaned surface. Concrete shall be laid such that ingredients do not get
separated and on segregation of concrete is caused. Concrete shall be consolidated
properly with vibrators or other approved method according to the requirement of jobs.
Joints in concrete shall be left as shown or as directed by Engineer-in-charge. Where
concrete is to be place from height, necessary chute shall be provided.
(V) CURING
Concrete work shall be cured for minimum period of 15 days. Horizontal surface shall be
cured by ponding and vertical surface shall be kept wet by tying gunny cloth or gunny
bags and keeping them wet by spraying or sprinkling water. Where structure is at higher-
level contractor shall arrange for pumping arrangement for water. Watertight sump may
be prepared on site or storing of water for curing and other uses.
Curing is important for gaining strength of cement structure. Hence full proof
arrangement is required to be made. If curing is found sufficient, the same shall be
arranged by department as risk and cost of contractor and charges as per rules shall be
recovered from contractor’s bills.
(IV) FINISHING
Concrete work where specified in item as exposed surface shall be plastered 12mm thick
in CM 1:3 as per specifications of plastering item. Any finishing required to make surface
in level of flush to adjoining surface shall be made by contractor with mortar specified
portion of concrete.
Cement required to plastering of finishing shall be drawn separately. In plastering of slab
bottom, chhajas etc. wherever patta, groove, bend etc. are shown same shall be
executed in this item without any extra cost. Where slopes is to be given for drainage
and is not provided properly will have to be done without any extra cost. Edges of beam,
pillars, etc. where chamfering is shown or instructed shall be done without extra cost.
If concrete surface is found honey combed and same is rejected by Executive Engineer,
it shall have to be dismantled and recast by contractor without any extra cost at his risk
and cost.
(VII) SHUTTERING :
The form work shall be rigid, sufficiently strong and well anchored to bear the load which
it has to take without any distortion. It shall be backed sufficient so as not to budge of
twist. Form work shall be of steel plates or plywood. Where exposed surface is desired,
plywood shuttering will have to be provided. All surface coming in contact with concrete
shall be applied with shuttering oil after cleaning properly. Props supporting from work
shall rest on pucca platform. Adjustment of height shall be done with wooden wedges.
Spacing of props shall be as instructed by Engineer-in - charge of work.

54
Form work shall be got checked form the Executive Engineer or his authorized agent and
on clearance only, further work should be done. Necessary opening, in form work, for
providing hooks, kada or other inserts will have to be made by contractor, as instructed,
without any extra cost. Removal of from work shall be carried out slowly and at the
specified period as under. In case it is ordered to contractor to keep for more period,
considering quality of cement or other factors, same will have to be done by contractor.
Minimum period of de-shuttering shall be as under.
1. Vertical surface 24 hours.
2. Slab up to 4.5M span 8 days
More than 4.5M span 14 days
3. Beam soffits (bottom) 20 days
Removal of shuttering shall be done only on getting clearance from Ex. Engr. in change
of work.
Various IS. specifications for scaffolding materials and code of practice shall be followed.

(VIII) MEASUREMENT & PAYMENTS :

Unless otherwise specified separately, item of concrete work shall be inclusive of
shuttering work required for the same with scaffolding, ladders etc., No separate
payment should be made for keeping holes, pockets, keeping inserts in position etc.
Payment of concrete work shall be made on Cu. Mt. basis. No deduction will be made for
reinforcements, opening of less than 1/20 Sq. Mt. in area where measurement is in sq.m.
and 1/150 cu.m. where concrete is to be measured in CU. M.
Rate quoted for the item shall be inclusive of all materials, ingredients, labour, mixer &
other machinery, scaffolding, laying in position and fixing of all inserts curing other
requirements for the complete execution of item.
B. WATER SUPPLY
G.I. piping
G.I. pipe be used for water supply shall be of class ‘c’ confirming to I.S. Specifications. It
shall be fixed with suitable clamps, for concealing with necessary groove in wall and
finishing with C.M. When pipe is to be laid underground necessary excavation shall be
done to level required. Pipe shall be given 3 coats of coal tar. For joining pipes specials
of approved quality (extra thick) shall be used. If item provide painting of pipe same shall
be painted with approved brand quality and tint enamel paint. All specials shall be
provided as instructed.
Skilled plumber shall be employed on job. Pipes shall be laid as per detailed drawings or
as directed on site. Generally shortest route shall be followed. At connection of pipe with
special, joint shall be made water tight with hemp rope and zinc white or Teflon tape.
On completion of laying of pope and before sealing of concealed pipe and underground
pipe, leak proof test shall be given.
All the piping work shall be measured in running meter and rate quoted shall be inclusive
of all special required and all operations required for cutting, threading, joining,
excavation, making groove in wall, sealing grout, backfilling, providing clamps with
screws, painting etc. complete.
C. WOOD WORK GENERAL FOR DOORS WINDOWS, CUP BOARD etc.
The timber shall be of best quality Bulsar teak or equivalent teak approved by Executive
Engineer. Decision of Executive Engineer in this connection will be final. If desired by
Executive Engineer, contractor shall have to arrange testing of wood samples selected
by department at random, in the laboratory as instructed by department. Sample of wood
approved shall be preserved and contractor shall procure wood of the approved quality
only. The source of wood shall be informed to the Engineer-in-charge.
The timber to be used for wood work shall be well seasoned, closed grains, uniform
texture, free from knots, rots, soft, cracks, mend, spongy spots etc. The size of frame
and all members shall be final size after planning and finishing. Undersized wooden
members shall not be accepted. Wood of inferior quality, undersize shall be liable to
rejection.

55
When frames or other members are ready they shall be got checked from Engineer-in-
charge and got approved for quality and workmanship. Primer coat of paint shall be
applied only after clearance by Engineer-in-charge. If the wooden members are found
warped, shrunk or with bad workmanship within guarantee period, the same shall have
to be replaced by contractor without any extra cost and to the satisfaction of engineer-in-
charge.
Before fixing, the frame of door it shall be provided with six nos. M.S. flat 37mm x 6mm
and 300 mm long hold fasts fixed to the frame, with screws as directed. Hold fast shall
be with split end and bent at right angle to hold fast. Holes shall be provided at other end
of hold fast for fixing of screws. Sample of holdfast shall be got approved from Engineer-
in-charge. Windows and cupboard shall be provided with 4 Nos. or 2 Nos. of hold fast
according to the size of frame and as instructed by Engineer-in-charge in addition to
horns projecting minimum 75 mm on both sides of top & bottom members. The side of
frame to be embedded in the wall or in touch with wall or floor, shall be applied uniform
thick coat of coal tar.
The frame shall be rebated on one side (or both sides) 12 mm deep and of full thickness
of shutter and to have a return bead on the other to be chamfered or rounded as directed
by Engineer-in-charge. Wherever M.S. Bars of 16 mm diameter are specified in frame as
grill in windows or ventilator, they shall be provided at 100 m c/c and shall be locked in
frame for minimum 40mm deep. if M.S. flat is to be provided the flat of size 50 x 10 mm,
1 or 2 Nos. as specified, they shall be provided.
Shutters
The thickness of shutter and members of shutter frame shall be as per details given in
drawing or supplied at site. Size specified shall be after planning & finishing without
painting. Where single plank is specified single plank shall be used. The joint shall be
tongue and groove joint. Shutter shall be single or double shutter as per drawing and
details given or as directed at site. For paneled doors the panel to be raised feather
tongued into style and rails with beaded edges on both sides. Thickness of styles & rails
shall be 37 mm and that of panel shall be 30 mm.
The arrangement of panels shall be as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and his
decision will be final. The shutter styles, top, bottom, lock and frieze rods to be molded
on both sides. The sample of shutter shall be got approved before taking work on full
scale. Size of bottom, top & lock rail and ledges shall be as instructed by Engineer-in-
charge.
Joints :
All jointing shall be brought on all faces and finished off by hand with sand paper with
slightly rounded edges.
The joints shall be pinned with hard wood pins and put together with fevicol. Joining shall
be by means of mortise and tennon or dovetailed joints as approved. Any joinery work,
which shall split, fracture, shrink or shows flap or other defects shall be removed and
replaced with sound material at the contractor’s expenses.
Fixtures and fastening :
Oxidized iron, brass or aluminum fixtures as specified in item shall be provided in best
workmanship, maintain level and line with approved quality and size screws. Screw shall
be never hammered but driven with screwdriver. The fixture to be used shall be got
approved first and approved samples of all fixtures shall be kept on site easily available
for inspection.
1. For main door.
1. 300 mm long 16 mm dia aldrop 1 No.
2. 300 mm long flat latch. 1 No.
3. 100 mm long but hinges or 150 mm
long or suitable parliamentary hinges. 3 Pairs.
4. 150 mm long tower bolts. 2 Nos.
5. 100 mm long handles (150 mm long). 2 Nos.
6. Door catchers 2 Nos.

56
7. Magic eye. 1 Nos.
2. Internal door.
1. 250 mm long 16 mm dia aldrop 1 No.
2. 250 mm long flat latch. 1 No.
3. 100 mm butt or 150 mm hinges or suitable
Parliamentary hinges. 3 Pairs.
4. 100 mm long tower bolts. 2 Nos.
5. 100 mm long handles 150 mm long. 2 Nos.
6. Door catchers 2 Nos.
For bath & door 16 mm dia 250 mm long aldrop and one handle on both sides shall be
provided.
3. Windows
1. 75 mm long butt hinges or parliamentary hinges 2 to 3 pair as per size.
2. 100 mm tower bolts 4 Nos.
3. 100 mm handles. 2 Nos.
4. 150 mm hook eye or stopper of approved quality. 2 Nos.
4. Ventilator.
1. 75 mm butt hinges. 1 Pair
2. 100 mm tower bolts. 1 Nos.
3. 150 mm long hook eye. 2 Nos.
5. Cup Board
1. 75 mm long butt hinges 2 Pairs.
2. 100 mm handles 2 Nos.
3. 100 mm tower bolt. 2 Nos.
4. Pivot. 2 Nos.
5. Ball catcher. 1 No.
The Nos. of fixtures shown above is for general arrangement but in case some change is
felt necessary on site it shall be made by Executive Engineer on site and shall be binding
to the contractor.
Glazing :
For all glazing of doors, windows, ventilators and cup Boards all glasses shall be of best
quality free from bubbles, smoke wanes, air hole, specks and other defect. Sheet glass,
ground for clear as approved and instructed shall be of 3 mm thickness. The glasses
shall be fixed with wire nails and putty of best quality or wooden bead of required size to
flush with style or sash bar etc. The putty and the wooden battens should be finished
with 3 coats of oil paints matching with other paint of doors, windows and ventilators. At
the time of handing over the glazing work shall be intact. Any damage shall have to be
replaced by the contractor without any extra cost.
Erection :
All doors, windows, ventilators, cupboards shall be erected in line, level and in one plane
to the elevation shown in the drawing or directed by Engineer in charge at site.
Painting :
All doors, windows, ventilators, cup board shall be given 3 coats of approved quality,
brand and shade of oil paint. Each coat of paint shall be allowed to dry thoroughly before
next coat is applied. The work shall not show any brush marks, ridges or drops of paint
and no puddles in the corner of panels or molding etc., shall be left.
Measurement :
For payment purpose of doors, windows, ventilators and cup board, measurement will be
paid outside to outside of the frame in square meter basis.
D. GRILL/FABRICATION/RAILING
General
All workmanship and finish shall be of first class quality, in all respects and shall confirm
to the best accepted standards of practice. Finish surface should not have any defect.
The greatest accuracy shall be observed to see that all parts properly fit with each other
on erection.

57
Before cutting & fabrication work is taken up, it is necessary, to see that if any twisting,
bending etc. is there, the same is removed and made straight or in plane. The process to
be adopted shall be such that original material is not injured.
Members shall be fabricated on site or in workshop, as approved, by Engineer in charge.
Allowance for camber shall be made in case of truss etc. similarly in tension member and
compression members. IS standards shall be followed. Based on design and/or detailed
drawings, cutting schedule with no, of members shall be prepared and got approved
from competent authority. Shearing machine or gas cutting may be adopted as
approved.
All holes to be drilled shall be marked on members and drilled after proper checking. If
necessary, a template shall be made for this. All holes shall be perpendicular to the face
of the member and 1/6” larger than the nominal size of rivet or bolt. All holes shall be so
drilled and reamed that more than 85% of continuous holes in any group in same plane
shall not show any offset greater than 1/32” between adjacent thickness of metal. Burns,
resulting from reaming or drilling, shall be removed with a tool making 1/16” bored.
All welding shall be done with electric arc method. Welding electrodes shall be heavily
coated type designed for all position. The size, type and manufacturer of electrodes shall
be subject to approval of Engineer. Electrodes and welding work shall be as per I. S.
standards. All the cutting and needed surface shall be properly grinded with electric
grinder. Fabricated members shall be joined either by welding or by rivets or nut & bolt
arrangement as specified or shown on drawing or instructed. One assembled shall be
got approved for alignment, riveting, welding etc. For bolted joints necessary washers
shall be provided as shown in the drawing or as instructed on site.
Fabricated structure shall be given one shop coat of red oxide. Erection of the structure
shall be done by approved method. Care shall be taken during erection so that no
accident occurs. All the workers shall be provided with safety belts, helmets etc, during
working.
Care shall be taken to see that no damage is done to the members during transportation
of fabricated/assembled structure. Contractor shall provide necessary derricks, gantry,
scaffolding and staging, inflammable etc. for erection work, No. gas cutting shall be
allowed for the widening of holes when it is not matching. It shall be drilled.
After erection of structure one more coat of red oxide and 2 coats of approved oil
painting should be provided to the structure. Paint to be applied shall be got approved for
brand, quality, tint etc.
If desired test shall have to be carried out for welded joints. IS 816 shall be followed for
general construction in mild steel. Bolts shall be confirm to IS 1363 & IS 1364.
Electrodes shall confirm to IS 814.

58
(E5) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR BUILDING WORKS:
GENERAL:
1. In the specifications " as directed "/"approved" shall be taken to mean " as directed
"/"approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
2. Wherever a reference to any Indian Standard appears in the specifications, it shall be
taken to mean as a reference to the latest edition of the same in force on the date of
agreement.
3. In " Mode of Measurement" in the specifications wherever a dispute arises in the
absence of specific mention of a particular point of aspect, the provisions on these
particular points, or aspects in the relevant Indian Standards shall be referred to.
4. . All measurements and computations, unless otherwise specified, shall be carried out
nearest to the following limits :
(i) Length, width and depth ( height) 0.01 meter
(ii) Areas 0.01 Sq.Mt.
(iii) Cubic Contents 0.01 Cu.Mt.
In recording dimensions of work, the sequence of length, width and height ( depth ) or
thickness shall be followed.
5. "The distance which constitutes lead shall be determined along the shortest practical
route and note necessarily the route actually taken. The decision of the Engineer-in-
charge in this regard shall be taken as final.
6. Where no lead is specific, it shall mean " all leads ".
7. Lift shall be measured from plinth level.
8. Up to " floor two level" means actual height of floor ( Maxi. 4 .M ) up to 3 Mt. above
plinth level.
9. Definite particulars covered in the items of work, though not mentioned or elucidated
in it specifications shall be deemed to be included therein.
10. Reference to specifications of materials as made in the detailed specification of the
items of works is in the form of a designation containing the number of the specification
of the material and prefix "M" e.g. 'M-5'.
11. Approval to the samples of various materials given by the Engineer-in-charge shall
not absolve the contractor from the responsibility of replacing defective material brought
on site or materials used in the work found defective at a later date. The contractor shall
have no claim to any payment or compensation whatsoever on account of any such
materials being rejected by the Engineer-in-charge.
12. The contract rate of the item of work shall be for the work completed in all aspects.
13. No collection of materials shall be made before it is got approved from the Engineer-
in-charge.
14. Collection of approved materials shall be done at site of work in a systematic
manner. Materials shall be stored in such a manner as to prevent damage, deterioration
or intrusion of foreign matter and to ensure the preservation of their quality and fitness
for the work.
15. Materials, if and when rejected by the Engineer-in-charge, shall be immediately
removed from the site of work. .
16. No materials shall be stored prior to, during and after execution of a structure in such
a way as to cause or lead to damage or overloading of the various components of the
structure.
17. All works shall be carried-out in a workmanlike manner as per the best techniques for
the particular item.
18. All tools, templates, machinery and equipment for correct execution of the work as
well as for checking lines, levels, alignment of the works during execution shall kept in
sufficient numbers and in good working condition on the site of the work.
19. The mode, procedure and manner of execution shall be such that it does not cause
damage or over-loading of the various components of the structure during execution or
after completion of the structure.

59
20. Special modes of construction not adopted in general Engineering practice if
proposed to be adopted by the Contractor, shall be considered only if the contractor
provides satisfactory evidence that such special mode of construction is safe, sound and
helps in speedy construction and completion of work to the required strength and quality.
Acceptance of the same by the Engineer-in-Charge shall not, however absolve the
contractor of the responsibility of any adverse effects and consequences of adopting the
same in the course of execution of completion of the work, 21. All installations pertaining
to water supply and fixtures there of as well as drainage lines and sanitary fittings shall
be deemed to be completed only after giving satisfactory tests by the contractor
22. The contractor shall be responsible for observing the rules and regulations imposed
under the "Minor Minerals Act", and such other laws and rules prescribed by Government
form to time.
23. All necessary safety measures and precautions (including those laid down in the
various relevant Indian Standards ) shall be taken to ensure to ensure the safety of men
materials and machinery on the works as also of the work itself.
* 24. The testing charges of all materials shall be borne by the Contractor
25. Approval to any of the executed items for the work does not in any relieve the
contractor of his responsibility for the correctness, soundness and strength of the
structure as per the drawings and specifications

(E6) SPECIFICATIONS OF MATERIALS:

M-1. Water
1.1 Water shall not be salty brackish and shall be clean, reasonably clear and free
objectionable quantities of silt and traces of oil bad injurious alkalis, salts, organic matter
and other deleterious material which will either weaken the mortar of concrete or cause
efflorescence or attack the steel in R.C.C. Container for transport, storage and handling
of water shall be clean. Water shall conform to the standard specified in I.S.456-1978.
1.2 If required by the Engineer-in-Charge it shall be tested by comparison with distilled
water. Comparison shall be made by means of standard cement tests for soundness
time of setting and mortar strength as specified in I.S. 269-1976 Any indication of
unsoundness, charge in time of setting by 30 minutes or more or decrease of more than
10 per cent in strength, of mortar prepared with water sample when compared with the
results obtained with mortar prepared with distilled water shall be sufficient cause for
rejection of water under test.
1.3 Water for curing mortar, concrete or masonry should not be too acidic or too alkaline
. It shall be free of elements which significantly affect the hydration reaction or otherwise
interfere with the hardening of mortar or concrete during curing or those which produce
objectionable stains or other unsightly deposits on concrete or mortar surfaces
1.4 Hard and bitter water shall not be used for curing.
1.5 Potable water will generally found suitable for curing mortar or concrete.
M-2 Lime
2.1 Lime shall be hydraulic lime as per I.S. 712-1973 Necessary tests shall be carried
out as per IS .6932 ( Parts I to X) 1973
2.2 The following field tests for Times are to be carried out:
(1) A very rough idea can be formed about the type of lime by its visual examination i.e.
fat lime bears pure white colour, lime in form of porous lumps of dirty white colour
indicates quick lime, and solid lumps are the unburnt limestone.
(2) Acid tests for determining the carbonate content in lime Excessive amount of
impurities and rough determination of class of lime.
2.3 Storage shall comply with I.S. 712-1973. The slaked lime, if stored, shall be kept in a
weatherproof and damp-proof shed with impervious floor and sides to protect it against
rain, moisture, weather and extraneous materials mixing with it: All lime that has been
damaged in any way shall be rejected and all rejected materials shall be removed from
site of work.

60
2.4 Field testing shall be done according to I.S. 1624-1974 to show the acceptability of
materials.
M-3 Cement
3.1 Cement shall be ordinary Portland slag cement as per I.S.269-1976 or Portland slag
cement as per I.S. 455-1976
M-4 White Cement
4.1 The white cement shall conform to I.S 8042-E-19.78.,
M-5 Coloured Cement
5.1 Coloured cement shall be with white of grey Portland cement as specified in the item
of the work.
5.2 The pigments used for coloured cement shall be of approved quality and shall not
exceed 10% of cement used in the mix. The mixture of pigment and cement shall be
properly ground to have a uniform colour and shade. The pigments shall have such
properties as to provide for durability under exposure to sunlight and weather.
5.3 The pigment shall have the property such that it is neither affected by the cement nor
detrimental to it
M-6 Sand
6.1 Sand shall be natural sand, clean, well graded, hard strong, durable and gritty
particles free from injurious amounts of dust, clay kankar nodules, soft or flaky particles
shale, alkali salts organic matter, loam, mica or other deleterious substances and shall
be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge. The sand shall not contain more contain
more than 8 percent of silt as determined by field test. If necessary the sand shall be
washed to make it clean.
6.2. Coarse Sand :The fineness modulus of coarse sand shall not be less than 2.5-and
shall not exceed
3.0, The sieve analysis of coarse shall be as under :

I.S Designation Sieve Passing Percentage by I.S. Sieve

sieve weight Designation percentage weight
passing
sieve

4.75mm 100 600 Micron 30-100

2.36mm 90 to 100 300 Micron 5-70

1.18mm 70-100 150 Micron 0-50

6.3. Fine Sand :

The fineness modulus shall not exceed 1.0. The sieve analysis of fine sand shall be as
under :
I.S Designation Sieve Passing Percentage by I.S. Sieve
sieve weight Designation percentage by
weight passing
sieve

4.75mm 100 600 Micron 40-85

2.36mm 100 300 Micron 5-50

1.18mm 75-100 150 Micron 0-10

61
M-7 Stone Dust
7.1. This shall be obtained from crushing hard black trap or equivalent. It shall not
contain more than 8%, of silt as determined by field test with measuring cylinder. The
method of determining silt contents by fields test is given as under
7.2. A sample of stone dust to be tested shall be placed without drying in 200 mm.
measuring cylinder. The quantity of the sample shall be such that it fills the cylinder up to
100mm. Mark .The clean water shall be added up to 150 mm. mark. The mixture shall be
stirred vigorously and the content allowed to settle for 3 hours.
7.3. The height of silt visible as settled layer above the stone dust shall be expressed as
percentage of the height of the stone dust below. The stone dust containing more than
8% silt shall be washed so as to bring the content within the allowable limit. The fineness
nodules of stone dust shall not be less than 1,80.
M-8. Stone Grit
8.1. Grit shall consist of crushed or broken stone and be hard, strong, dense, durable,
clean of proper gradation and free from skin or coating likely to prevent proper adhesion
of mortar. Grit shall generally be cubical in shape and as far as possible flakey
elongated pieces shall be avoided. It shall generally comply whit the provisions of I.S.
383-1970. Unless special stone of particular quarries is mentioned grit shall be obtained
from the best black trap or equivalent hard stone as approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge. The grit shall have no deleterious with cement.
8.2. The grit shall conform to the following gradation as per sieve analysis :
__________________
I.S Designation Sieve Passing Percentage by I.S. Sieve
sieve weight Designation percentage by
weight passing
sieve

1250mm 100 % 4.75mm 0-20 %

10.00mm 85-100 % 2.36mm 0-25%

8.3. The crushing strength of grit will be such as to allow the concrete in which it used to
build-up the specified strength of concrete
8.4 The necessary tests for grit shall be carried out as per the requirements of I.S.2386- (
parts-l of VIII) 1963, as per instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge. The necessity of test
will be decided by the . Engineer-in-Charge.
M-10. Lime Mortar
10.1. Lime : Lime shall conform to specification M-2 Water : Water shall conform to
specification M-1 Sand: Sand shall conform to specification M-6
10.2. Proportion of Mix :
10.2.1. motor shall consist of such proportions of slaked lime and sand as may be
specified in item. The slaked lime and sand shall be measured by volume.
10.3 Preparation of mortar :
10.3.1. Lime mortar shall be prepared by wet process as per I.S.1625-1971.Power driven
mill shall e used for preparation of lime mortar. The slaked lime shall be placed in the mill
in an even layer and ground for 180 revolutions with a sufficient water. Water shall be
added as required during grinding (care being taken . not to add more water) that will
bring the mixed material to a consistency of stiff paste. Thoroughly wetted sand shall
then be added evenly and the mixture ground for another 180 revolutions.
10.4. Storage :
10.4.1. Mortar shall always be kept damp, protected from sun and rain till used up,
covering it by tarpaulin or open sheds.
10.5 Use :

62
10.5.1. All mortar shall be used as soon as possible after grinding. It should be used on
the day on which it prepared, But in no case mortar made earlier than 36 hours shall be
permitted for use.
M-11 Cement Mortar
11.1 Water shall conform to specification M-1 Cement : Cement shall conform to
specifications M-3 Sand : Sand shall conform to M-6
11:2 Proportion of Mix
11.2.1. Cement and sand shall be mixed to specified proportion, sand being measured
by measuring boxes, the proportion of cement will be by volume on the basis of 50
Kg/Bag of cement being equal to 0.0342 Cu.m. The mortar may be hand mixed of
machine mixed as directed.
11.3. Proportion of Mortar :
11.3.1. In hand mixed mortar, cement and sand in the specified proportions shall be
thoroughly mixed dry on a clean impervious platform by turning over at least 3 times or
more till a homogeneous mixture of uniform colour is obtained. Mixing platform shall be
so arranged, that no deleterious extraneous material shall get mixed with mortar or
mortar shall flow out. While mixing, the water shall be gradually added and thoroughly
mixed to from a stiff plastic mass of uniform colour so that each particle of sand shall be
completely covered with a film of wet cement. The water cement ratio shall be adopted
as directed.
The mortar so prepared shall be used within 30 minutes of adding water. Only such
quantity of mortar shall be prepared as can be used within 30 minutes.
M-12 Stone Coarse Aggregate For Nominal Mix Concrete
12.1 coarse aggregate shall be of machine crushed stone of black trap or equivalent and
be hard, strong, dense, durable, clean and free from skin and coating likely to prevent
proper adhesion of mortar.
12.2 The aggregate shall generally be cubical in shape. Unless special stones of
particular quarries are mentioned aggregates shall be machine crushed from the best
black trap or equivalent hard stone as approved. Aggregate shall Have no deleterious
reaction with cement. The size of the coarse aggregate for plain cement and ordinary
reinforced cement concrete shall generally be as per the table given below However, in
case of reinforced cement concrete the maximum limit may be restricted to 6 mm less
than the minimum lateral clear distance between bars or 6 mm. less than the cover
whichever is smaller
TABLE
IS. Sieve Percentage passing for single IS. Sieve Percentage passing for single

Designatio Sized aggregates of Nominal size Designatio Sized aggregates of Nominal size
n 40mm 20mm 16mm n 40mm 20mm 16mm
80mm - 12.5mm 0.5 0.20
63mm 100 10 mm 0.5 0.5
40mm 85-100 100 4.75mm
20mm 0.2 85-100 100 2.35 mm
16mm 85-100

Note : This percentage may be varied some what by the Engineer-in-Charge when
considered necessary for obtaining better density and strength of concrete.
12.3. The grading test shall be taken in the beginning and at the change of source of
materials. The necessary tests. indicated in IS. 383-1970 and 456-1978 shall have to be
carried out to ensure the acceptability. The aggregates shall be stored separately and
handled in such a manner as to prevent the mixing of different aggregates. If she
aggregates are covered with dust, they shall be washed with water to make them clean.
M-13 Black Trap or Equivalent Hard Stone Coarse

63
13.1. Aggregate For Design Mix Concrete Coarse aggregate shall be of machine
crushed stone of black trap or equivalent hard stone and be hard, strong, dense,
durable, clean and free from skin and coating likely to prevent proper adhesion of mortar,
13.2. The aggregates shall generally-be cubical in shape. Unless special stones of
particular quarries are mentioned, aggregates shall be machine crushed from the best,
black trap or equivalent hard stones as approved, Aggregate shall have no deleterious
with cement.
13.3. The necessary tests indicated in IS. 383-1970 and IS.456-1978 shall have to be
carried out to ensure the acceptability of the material. If aggregate is covered with dust it
shall be washed with water to make it clean.
M-15 Brick
15.1 The brick shall be shall be machine moulded and made from suitable fly ash,
cement, lime, gypsum, etc. They shall be free from cracks and nodules of free lime.
They shall have smooth rectangular faces with sharp corners and shall be of uniform
colour. The bricks shall be moulded with the frog of 100mm x 40 mm and 10mm to
20mm deep on one of its flat sides. The bricks shall not break when thrown on the
ground from a height of 600mm.
15.2 The size of the modular bricks shall be 190 x 90 x 90 mm.
15.3 The size of the conventional bricks shall be 225 x 110 x 75mm.
15.4. Only bricks of one standard size shall be used on one work. The following
tolerance shall be permitted in the conventional size adopted in a particular work.
Length +3.0mm, Width + 1.50mm, Height +1.50mm.
15.5 The crushing strength of the brick shall not be less than 35.0 Kg / Sq cm. The
average water absorption shall not be less than 20 per cent by weight. Necessary test
for crushing strength and water absorption shall be carried out as per IS 3495 : (Part I to
Part IV) 1976.
M-16 Stone
16.1 The stone shall be of the specified variety such as Granite/Trap Stone/-Quartzite Or
any other type of good hard stones. The stones shall be only from the approved quarry
and shall be hard sound, durable and free from defects like cavities, cracks, sand holes,
flaws injurious veins, patches of loose or soft materials etc., and weathered portions and
other structural defects or imperfections tending to affect their soundness and strength.
The stone with round surface shall not be used The percentage of water absorption shall
not be more than 5% of day weight. When tested in accordance with I.S. 1124-
1974.Theminimumcrushingstregth of stone shall be 200 Kg/Sq. Cm. unless otherwise,
specified 16.2 The samples of the stone to be used shall be got approved before the
work is started 16.3 The Khanki facing stone shall be dressed by chisel as specified in
the item for khanki facing in required shape and size. The face of the stone shall be so
dressed that the bushing on the exposed face shall not project by more than 40 mm.
from the general wall surface and on face to be plastered it shall not project by more
than 19 mm. nor shall it have depressions more than 10 mm. from the average wall
surface.
M-17 Laterite Stone
17.1 Laterite stone shall be obtained from the approved quarry. It shall be compacted in
texture, sound, durable and free from soft patch. It shall have minimum crushing strength
of 100Kg/Sq.Cm.in its-dry condition. It shall not absorb water more than 20% of its own
weight,whenimmersedfor24hoursinwater. After quarrying, the stone shall be allowed to
weather for some time before using in work.
17.2 The stone shall be dressed into regular rectangular blocks so that all faces are free
from waviness and unevenness, and the edges true and square.
17.3 Those types of stone in which white clay occurs should not be used. Special corner
stones shall be provided where so directed.
M-21. Mild Steel Binding Wire
21.1. The mild steel wire shall be of 1.63 mm. or 1.22 mm. ( 16 to 18 gauge ) diameter
and shall conform to l.S. 280-1972.

64
21.2. The use of black wire will be permitted for binding reinforcement bars. It shall be
free from rust, oil paint, grease, loose mill scale or any other undesirable coating which
may prevent adhesion of cement mortar.
M-22. Structural Steel
22.1. All structural Steel shall conform to I.S. 226-1985. The steel shall be free from the
defects mentioned in I.S. 226-1975 and shall have a smooth finish. The material shall be
free from loose mill scale, rust pits or other defects affecting the strength and durability.
River bars shall conform to I.S. 1148-1973. When the steel is supplied by the Contractor
test certificate of the manufacturers shall be obtained according to I.S. 226-1975 and
other relevant Indian. Standards.
M-26 Shuttering
26.1: The shuttering shall be either of wooden planking of 30 mm. minimum thickness
with or without steel lining or of steel plates stiffened by steel angles. The shuttering shall
be supported on battens and beams and props of vertical ballies properly cross braced
together so as to make the centering rigid. In places of bulli props, brick pillar of
adequate section built in mud mortar may be used.
26.2. The form work shall be sufficiently strong and shall have camber, so that it
assumes correct shape after deposition of the concrete and shall be able to resist forces
caused by vibration of live load of men working over it and other incidental loads
associated with it. The shuttering shall have smooth and even surface and its joints shall
permit leakage of cement grout.
26.3. If at any stage of work during or after placing concrete in the structure, the form
work sags or bulges out beyond the required shape of the structure, the concrete shall
be removed and work redone with fresh concrete and adequately rigid form work. The
complete formwork shall be got inspected by and got approved from the Engineer-in-
Charge, before the reinforcement bars are placed in position
26.4. The props shall consist to bullies having 100 mm. minimum diameter measured at
mid length and 80mm. at thin end shall be placed as per design requirement. These shall
rest squarely on wooden sole plates 40 mm. thick and minimum bearing area of 0-10 sq
m. laid on sufficiently hard base.
26.5. Double wedges shall further be provided between the sole plate and the wooden
props so as to facilitate tightening and easing of shuttering without jerking the concrete.
26.6. The timber used in shuttering shall not be so dry as to absorb water from concrete
and swell or bulge nor so green or wet as to shrink after erection. The timber shall be
properly sawn and planed on the sides and the surface coming in contact with concrete,
Wooden form work with metal sheet lining or steel plates stiffened by steel angles shall
be permitted,
26.7. As far as practicable, clamps shall be used to hold the forms together and use of
nails and spikes avoided.
26.8. The surface of timber shuttering that would come in contact with concrete shall be
well wetted and coated with soap solution before the concreting is done. Alternatively
coat of raw linseed oil or oil of approved manufacture may be applied in place of soap
solution. Incase of steel shuttering either soap solution or raw linseed oil shall be applied
after thoroughly cleaning the surface. Under no circumstances black or burnt oil shall be
permitted.
26.9. The shuttering for beams and slabs shall have camber of 4 mm. per metre
26.10. (1in250)or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge so as to offset the subsequent
deflection. For cantilevers, the camber at free end shall be 1/50 of the projected length
or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
M-29 Teak wood
29.1 The teak wood shall be of good quality as required for the item to be executed.
When the kind of wood is not specifically mentioned, good Indian teak wood as approved
shall be used.
29.2 Teak wood shall generally be free from large, loose dead or cluster knots, flaws
shakes, warps, twists, bends or any other defects, it shall generally be uniform in

65
substance and of straight fibres as far as possible. It shall be free from rot decay, harmful
fungi and other defects of harmful nature which will affect the strength, durability or its
usefulness for the purpose for which it is required. The colour shall be uniform as for as
possible. Any effort like paining using any adhesive materials made to hide the defects
shall render the pieces liable to rejection by the Engineer-in-Charge.
29.3 All scantlings, planks etc., shall be sawn in straight lines and planes in the direction
of grains and of uniform thickness.
29.4 The tolerances in the dimensions shall be allowed at the rate of 1.5 mm. per face to
be planed.
29.5. First class teak wood
29.5.1. First class teak wood shall have no individual hard and sound knots, more than 6
sq. cm. in size and the aggregate area of such knots shall not be more than 1% of area
of piece. The timber shall be closed grained.
29.6. Second Class Teak Wood :
29.6.1.No individual hard and sound knots shall be more than 15 sq. cms. in size and
aggregates area of such knots shall be not exceed 2% of the area of piece.
M- 31. Aluminum doors, windows ventilators
31.1. Aluminum alloy used in the manufacture of extruded window sections shall conform
to I.S. designation HEA-WP of I.S. 733-1975 and also to I.S. Designation WVG-WP of
I.S. 1285-1975.Thesection shall be as specified in the drawing and design. The
fabrication shall be done as directed.
31.2. The hinges shall be cast or extruded aluminum hinges of same type as in window
but of larger size. The hinges shall normally be of 50 mm. projecting type. Non-
projecting type of hinges may also be used if directed. The handles of door shall be of
specified design. A suitable lock for the door operable either from outside or inside shall
be provided. In double shutter door, the first closing shutter shall have concealed
aluminum alloy bolt at top and bottom.
M-32. Rolling Shutters
32.1. The rolling shutters shall conform to I.S.6248-1979. Rolling shutters shall be
supplied of specified type with accessories. The size of the rolling shutters shall be
specified in the drawings. The shutters shall be specified in the drawings. The shutters
shall be constructed with interlocking lath sections formed from cold rolled steel strips not
less than 0.9 mm. thick and 80 mm. wide for shutters up to 3.5 m. width not less than
1.25 mm. thick and 80 mm. wide for shutters 3.5 m. in width and above, unless otherwise
specified.
32.2. Guide channels shall be of mild steel deep channel section and of rolled pressed or
built-up (fabricated ) joint less construction. The thickness of sheet used shall not be jess
than 3.15 mm.
32.3. Hood covers shall be made of M.S. Sheets not less than 0.90 mm. thick. For
shutters having width 3.5 Meter and above, the thickness of M.S. sheet for the hood
cover shall be not less than 1,25 mm.
32.4. The spring shall be of best quality and shall be manufactured from tested high
tensile spring steel wire or strip of adequate strength to balance the shutters in all
position.
The spring pipe shaft etc. shall be supported on strong M.S. or malleable C.I. brackets.
The brackets shall be fixed on or under the lintel as specified with rawl plugs and screws
bolts etc.
32.5. The rolling shutters shall be of self rolling up to 8 Sq. m. clear area without ball
bearing and up to 12 Sq.m. clear area with ball bearing. If the rolling shutters are of
larger, then gear operated type shutters shall be used.
32.6. The locking arrangement shall be provided at the bottom of shutter at both ends.
The shutters shall be opened from outside.
32.7. The Shutters shall be completed with door suspension shafts, looking
arrangements, pulling hooks, handles and other accessories.
M-33. Collapsible Steel Gate

66
33.1. The collapsible steel gate shall be in one or two leaves and size as per approved
drawings or as specified. The gate shall be fabricated from best quality mild steel
channels, flats, etc. Either steel pulleys or ball bearings shall be provided in every
double channel. Unless otherwise specified the particulars of collapsible gate shall be as
under :
(a) Pickets : These shall be of 20mm MS channels of heavy sections unless otherwise
shown on drawings. The distance centre to centre of pickets shall be 12 cms. with an
opening of 10 cms.
(b) Pivoted MS flats shall be 20 mm x 6 mm.
(c) Top and bottom guides shall be from tee or flat iron of approved size.
(d) The fittings like stoppers, fixing hold fasts, locking cleats, brass handles and cast iron
rollers shall be of approved design and size.
M- 37. Plywood
37.1. The plywood for general purpose shall conform I.S.303-17-1975
Plywood is made by cementing together than boards or sheets of wood into panels.
There are always an odd number of layers, 3,5,7,9, ply etc. The plies are placed so that
grain of each layer is at right angles to the grain in the adjacent layer.
37.2. The chief advantages of plywood over a single board of the same thickness is the
more uniform strength of the plywood, along the length and width of the plywood and
greater resistance to cracking and splitting with change in moisture content.
37.3. Usually synthetic resins are used of gluing, phenol resins are usually cured in a hot
press which compresses and simultaneously heats the plies between hot plates which
maintainatemperatureof90degree C to 140 degree C and a pressure of 11 to 14 Kg/Sq.
Cm. on the wood. The time of heating may be. anything from 2 to 60 minutes depending
upon thickness.
37.4. When water glue are used the wood absorbs so much water that the finished
plywood must be dried carefully. When synthetic resigns are used as adhesive the
finished plywood must be exposed to an atmosphere of controlled humidity until the
proper amount of moisture has been absorbed.
37.5. According to I.S: 303-1975 the plywood for general purpose shall be of the grades
namely BWR, WWR and CWR, depending upon the adhesives used for bonding the
veneers, and it will be further classified into six types namely AA, AB, AC, BB, BC and
CC based on the quality of the two faces each face being of three kinds namely A, Band
C After pressing, the finished plywood should be reconditioned to a moisture content not
less than 8 percent and not more than 16 percent. Thickness of plywood Boards :
TABLE
Board Thickness Board Thickness Board Thickness Board Thickness
3 ply 3mm 5 ply 5mm 7 ply 9mm 9 ply 16mm
4mm 6mm 13mm 19mm
5mm 7mm 16mm 11 Ply 19mm
6mm 8mm 9 ply 13mm 25mm

M-38. Glass
38.1. All glass shall be of the best quality, free from specks, bubbles, smokes veins, air
holes, blisters, and other defects. The kind of glass to be used shall be as mentioned in
the item or specification or in the special provision or as shown in detailed drawings.
Thickness of glass panes shall be uniform. The specifications for different kinds of glass
shall be as under.
38.2. Sheet Glass
38.2.1. In absence of any specified thickness or weight in the item or detailed
specifications of the item of work, sheet glass shall be weighing 7.5 Kg/Sq. m. for panes
up to 600 mm. x 600 mm.
38.2.2. For panes larger than 600 mm. x 600 mm. and up to 800 mm. x 800 mm. the
glass weighing not less than 8.75 Kg/Sq. m. shall be used For bigger panes up to 900

67
mm. x 900 mm. glass weighing not less than 8.75 Kg/Sq. m. shall be used. For bigger
panes up to 900 mm. x 900 mm. glass weighting not less than 11.25 Kg/Sq. m. shall be
used.
38.2.3. Sheet glass shall be patent flattened glass of best quality and for glazing and
framing purposes shall conform to I.S. : 1761-1960. Sheet glass of the specified colours
shall be used, if so shown, on detailed drawings or so specified. For important buildings
and for panes with any dimension over 900 mm. plate glass of specified thickness shall
be used.
38.3. Plate Glass :
38.4. 38.3.1. When plate glass is specified it shall be " polished patent plate glass " of
best quality It shall have both the surface ground, flat and parallel and polished to obtain
clear undisturbed vision and reflection. The plate glass shall be of the thickness
mentioned in the item or as shown in the detailed drawing or as specified. In absence of
any specified thickness, the thickness of plate glass to be-supplied shall be 6 mm. and a
tolerance of 0.20 mm. shall be admissible.
38.4. Obscured Glass :
38.4.1. This type of glass transmits light so that vision is partially or almost completely
obscured. Glass shall be plain rolled, figured, ribbed of fluted, or frosted glass as may
be specified as required. The thickness and type of glass shall be as per details on
drawings or as specified or as directed.
38.5. Wired Glass :
38.5.1. Glass shall be with wire netting embedded in a sheet of plate glass. Electrically
welded 13 mm. Georgian square mesh shall be used. Thickness of glass shall not be
less than 6 mm. Wired glass shall be of type and thickness as specified.
M-40. Particle board
40.1. The particle boards used for face panels shall of best quality free from any defects.
The particleboards shall be made with phenol formaldehyde adhesive. The particle
boards shall conform I.S.3087-1965. " Specification for wood particle board for general
purpose". The size and the thickness shall be as indicated.
(1) M-43. Fixtures and fastenings
43.1. General :
43.1.1. The fixtures and fastenings, that is butt hinges tee and strap hinges sliding door
bolts, tower bolts, door latch, bath-room latch, handles, door stoppers, casement window
fasteners, casement stays, and ventilators catch shelf be made of the metal as specified
in the item or its specification.
43.1.2. They shall be of iron, brass, aluminum chromium plated iron, chromium plated
brass, copper oxidized iron, copper oxidized brass or anodized aluminum as specified.
43.1.3. The fixtures shall be heavy medium or light type. The fixtures and fastenings
shall be smooth finished and shall be such as will ensue ease of operations.
43.1.4. The samples of fixtures and fastenings shall be got approved as regards, quality
and shape before providing them in position
43.1.5. Brass and anodized aluminum fixtures and fastenings shall be bright finished.
43.2. Holdfasts :
43.2.1. Holdfasts shall be made from mild steel flat 30 cm. length and one of the
holdfasts shall be bent at right angle and two nos. of 6 mm. diameter holes, salt be made
in it for fixing it to the frame with screws. At the other end, the holdfast shall be forked
and bent at right angles in opposite directions.
43.3. Butt hinges :
43.3.1. Railway standard heavy type butt hinges shall be used when so specified.
43.3.2. Tee and strap hinges shall be manufactured from M.S. Sheet
43.4. Siding door bolts ( Aldrops ) :
43.4.1. The aldrops as specified in the item shall be used and shall be got approved.
43.5. Tower bolts ( Barrel Type ) :
43.5.1. Tower bolts as specified in the item shall be used and shall be got approved.
43.6. Door Latch :

68
43.6.1. The size of door latch shall be taken as the length of latch.
43.7. Bathroom Latch :
43.7.1. Bathroom latch shall be similar to tower bolt.
43.8. Handle:
The size of the handles shall be determined by the inside grip length of the handles.
Handles shall have a base plate of length 50 mm. more than the size of the handle.
43.9. Door Catch :
43.9.1. Door stoppers shall be either floor door stopper type or door catch type. Floor
stopper shall be of overall size as specified and-shall have a rubber cushion.
43.10. Door Stoppers :
43.10.1. Door catch shall be fixed at a height of about 900 mm. from the floor level such
that one part of the catch is fitted on the inside of the shutter and the other part is fixed in
the wall with necessary wooden plug arrangements for appropriate fixity. The catch shall
be fixed 20 mm. inside the face of the door for easy operation of catch.
43.11. Wooden Door Stop with hinges :
43.11.1. Wooden door stop of size 100 mm. x 60 mm. x 40 mm. shall be fixed on the
door frame with a hinges of 75 mm. size and at a height of 900 mm. from the floor level.
The wooden door stop shall be provided with 3 coats of approved oil paint.
43.12. Casement Window Fastener :
43.12.1. Casement window fastener for single leaf window shutter shall be left or right
handed as directed.
43.13.Casement stays ( Straight Fed Stay ) :
43.13.1. The stays shall be made from a channel section having three holes at
appropriate position so that the window can be opened either fully or partially as
directed. Size of the stay shall be 250 mm. to 300 mm. as directed.
43.14. Ventilator Catch :
43.14.1. The pattern and shape of the catch shall be as approved.
43.15. Pivot:
43.15.1. The base and socket plate shall be made from minimum 3 mm. thick plate, and
projected pivot shall not be less then 12 mm-, diameter and 12 mm. length and shall be
firmly riveted to the base plate in case of iron pivot and in single piece plate in the case
of brass pivot.
M-44. Paints :
44.1. (A) Oil paints :
44.1.1. Oil paints shall be of the specified colour and as approved. The ready mixed
paints shall only be used. However, if ready mixed paint of specified shade or tint is not
available white ready mixed paint with approved strainer will be allowed. In such a case,
the contractor shall ensure that the shade of the paint so allowed shall be uniform.
44.1.2. All the paints shall meet with the following general requirements
(i) Paint shall not show excessive setting in a freshly opened full can and shall easily be
re dispersed with a paddle to a smooth homogeneous state. The paint shall show no
curdling, livering, caking or colour separation and shall be free from lumps and skins.
(ii) The paint as received shall brush easily, possess good levelling properties and show
no running or sagging tendencies.
(iii) The paint shall not skin within 48 hours in a three quarters filled closed container.
(iv) The paint shall dry to a smooth uniform finish free from roughness, grit unevenness
and other imperfections.
44.1.3. Ready mixed paint shall be used exactly as received from the manufacturers and
generally according to their instructions and without any admixtures whatsoever.
44.2. (B) Enamel paints :
44.2.1. The enamel paint shall satisfy in general requirements in specification of oil
paints, Enamel paint shall conform to I.S.2933-1975
M-46. Marble chips for marble mosaic terrazzo

69
46.1. The marble chips shall be of approved quality and shades. It shall be hard, sound,
dense and homogeneous in texture with crystalline and coarse grains. It shall be uniform
in colour and free from stains cracks, decay and weathering.
46.2. The size of various colours of marble chips ranging from the smallest up to 20 mm
shall be used where the thickness of top wearing layer is 6 mm. size. The marble chips
of approved quality and colours only as per grading as decided by the Engineer-in-
charge shall be used for marble mosaic tiles or works.
46.3. The marble chips shall be machine crushed. They shall be free from foreign matter,
dust etc. except as above, the chips shall conform to I S.2114-1962.
M-47. Flooring Tiles.
47.1. (A) Plain Cement tiles ;
47.1.1. The plain cement tiles shall be of general purpose type. These are the tiles in the
manufacture of which no pigments are used. Cement used in the manufacture of tiles
shall be as per Indian Standards.
47.1.2. The tiles shall be manufactured from a mixture of cement and natural aggregates
by pressure process. During manufacture the tiles shall be subjected to pressure
ofnotlessthan140Kg/Sq.Cm.The proportion of cement to aggregate in the backing of the
tiles shall be not less than 1 :3 by weight. The wearing face, through the tiles are of plain
cement, shall be provided with stone chips of 1to2mm.size.The proportions of cement to
aggregate in the wearing layer of the tiles shall be three parts of cement to one parts
chips by weight. The minimum thickness of wearing layer shall be 3 mm. The colour and
texture of wearing layer shall be uniform throughout its face and thickness. On removal
from mould, the tiles shall be kept in moist condition continuously at least for seven days
and subsequently, if necessary, for such long period as would ensure their conformity to
requirements of I.S. 1237-1980 regarding strength resistance to wear and water
absorption.
47.1.3 The wearing face of the tiles shall be plane, free from projections, depressions
and cracks and shall be reasonably parallel to the back face of the tile. All angles shall
be right angle and all edges shall be sharp and true.
47.1.4. The size of tiles generally be square shape 24.85 Cm x24.85 Cm. or 25 Cm x 25
Cm. The thickness of tiles shall be 20 mm.
47.1.5. Tolerance of length and breadth shall be plus of minus one millimeter. Tolerance
on thickness shall be plus 5 m.m.
47.1.6. The tiles shall satisfy the tests as regards transverse strength; resistance to wear
and water absorption as per I.S. 1237-1980.
47.2.(B) Plain Coloured Tiles:
47.2.1. The tiles shall have the same specification as for plain cement tiles as per ( A )
above except that they shall have a plain wearing surface wherein pigments are used.
They shallconformtiI.S.1237-1980.
47.2.2. The pigments used for colouring cement shall not exceed 10 percent by weight of
cement used in the mix. The pigments, synthetic or otherwise, used for colouring tiles
shall have permanent colour and shall not contain materials detrimental to concrete.
47.2.3. The colour of the tiles shall be specified in the item or as directed.
47.3. (C) Marble mosaic tiles :
47.3.1. These tiles have same specification as per plain cement tiles except the
requirements as stated below:
47.3.2. The marble mosaic tiles shall conform to I.S. 1237-1980. The wearing face of the
tiles shall be mechanically ground and filled. The wearing face of tiles shall be free from
projections, depressions, and cracks and shall be reasonably parallel to the back face of
the tiles.
All angles shall be right angles and all edges shall be sharp and true.
47.3.3. Chips used in the tiles be from smallest unto 20 mm. size. The minimum
thickness of wearing layer of tiles shall be 6 mm. For pattern of chips to be used on the
wearing face, a few samples with or without their full size photographs as directed shall
be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge, for approval.

70
47.3.4. Any particular samples if found suitable shall be approved by the Engineer - in -
Charge, or he may ask for a few more samples to be presented. The sample shall have
to be Made by the contractor till a suitable sample is finally approved for use in the work.
The Contractor shall ensure that the tiles supplied for the work shall be in conformity
with the approved sample only, in terms of its dimensions thickness of backing layer and
wearing surface, materials, ingredients, colour, shade, chips, distribution etc. required.
47.3.5. The tiles shall be prepared from cement conforming to Indian Standards or
Coloured Portland cement generally depending upon the colour of tiles to be used or as
directed.
47.4. (D) Chequered Tiles :
47.4.1. Chequered tiles shall be plain cement tiles or marble mosaic tiles. The former
shall have the same specification as per (A) above and the latter as per marble mosaic
tiles as per (C) except as mentioned below .
47.4. 2. The tiles shall be of nominal size of 250 mm. x 250 mm. or as specified. The
centre to centre distance of chequer shall not be less then 25 mm. and not more than 50
mm. The overall thickness of the tile shall be 22 mm.
47.4.3. The grooves in the chequers shall be uniform and straight. The. depth of the
grooves shall not be less than 3 mm. The chequered tiles shall be plain coloured or
mosaic as specified. The thickness of the upper layer measured from the top of the
chequers shall not be less than 6 mm. The tiles shall be given the first grinding with
machine before delivery to site.
47.4.4. Tiles shall conform or relevant I.S. 1237-1980.
47.5. (E) Chequered Tiles For Stair Cases :
47.5.1. The requirements of these tiles shall be the same as chequered tiles as per ( D)
above except in following respects :
(1) The length of a tile including note shall be 300 mm.
(2) The minimum thickness shall be 28 mm.
(3) The nosing shall have also the same wearing layer as at the top.
(4) The nosing edge shall be rounded.
(5) The front portion of the tile for a minimum length of 75 mm. from and including the
nosing shall have grooves running parallel to nosing and at centers not exceeding 25
mm. Beyond that the tiles shall have normal chequer pattern.
M-49. Polished Kotah Stones
49.1. Polished Kotah stone shall have the same specification as per rough Kotah stone
except as mentioned below :
49.2. The stones shall have machine polished surface. When brought on site, the stones
shall be single polished or double polished depending upon its use. The stones for
paving shall generally be single polished. The stones to be used for dado, skirting, sink,
veneering, sills, steps, etc. where machine polishing after the stones are fixed in situ is
not possible shall be double polished.
M-55. White glazed tiles
55.1. The tiles shall be of best quality as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. They shall
be flat and true to shape. They shall be fee from cracks, crazing sports, chipped edges
and corners The glazing shall be of uniform shade.
55.2 The tiles shall be nominal size of 150 mm. x 150 mm. unless otherwise, specified.
The maximum variation the stated sizes, other than the thickness of tile shall be plus or
minus 1.5 mm. The thickness of tile shall be 6 mm. Except as above the tiles shall
conform to I.S. 1977-1970.
M-56. Galvanized iron pipes and fittings
56.1. Galvanized iron pipes shall be of the medium type and or required diameter and
shall comply with I.S.1239-1979. The specified diameter of the pipes shall refer to the
inside diameter of the bore. Clamps, screw and all galvanized iron fittings shall be of the
standard ' R ' or equivalent make.
M-57. Bib cock and stop cock

71
57.1 A bib cock is a draw off tap with a horizontal inlet and free outlet. A stop cock is a
valve with a suitable means of connection for insertion in a pipe line for controlling or
stopping the flow.
57.2. They shall be of screw down type and or brass chromium plated and of diameter as
specified in the description of the item. They shall conform to I.S. 781-1977 and they
shall best Indian make. They shall be polished bright.
57.3. The minimum finished weight of bib cock and stop cock shall be as given below :

Diameter Bib cock Stop cock Diameter Bib cock Stop cock
8mm 0.25kg 0.25 kg 15mm 0.40kg 0.40 kg
10mm 0.30 kg 0.35 kg 20mm 0.75kg 0.75 kg

M-58. Gun metal wheel valve

58.1. The gun metal wheel valve shall be of approved quality. These shall be of gun
metal fitted with wheel and shall be of gate valve opening full way and of the size as
specified. These shall conform to I.S.778-1971.
M-59. White glazed porcelain wash basin
59.1. Wash basin shall be of white porcelain first quality best Indian make and it shall
conformtoI.S.2556.(Part-IV ) -1972 and I.S.771-1979. The size of the wash basin shall
be as specified in the item. Wash basin shall be of one piece construction with
continued over flow arrangements. All internal angles shall be designed so as to
facilitate cleaning. Wash basin shall have single tap hole or two holes as specified. Each
basin shall have a circular waste hole which is either rebated or beveled internally with
65mm. diameter at top and 10 mm. depth to suit the waste fitting. The necessary stud
slot to receive the bracket on the underside of the basin shall be provided Basin shall
have an internal soap holder recess which shall fully drain into the bowl.-
59.2. White glazed pedestal of inequality and color as that to the basin shall be provided
where specified in the item. It shall be completely recessed at the back for reception of
supply and wash pipe. It shall be capable of supporting the basin rigidly and adequately
and shall be so designed as to make the height from the floor to top of the rim of basin
750 mm. to 800 mm. as directed.
M-60. European type water closet / with low level flushing.
60.1 The European type water closet shall be white / coloured glazed porcelain first
quality and shall be of wash down type conforming to IS 2556 – 1973 and IS 771 – 1979.
60.2 ‘S’ trap shall be provided as required with water seal not less than 50mm. The solid
plastic seat and cover shall be of the best Indian make conforming to IS 2548 – 1980.
They shall be made of moulded synthetic materials which shall be tough and hard with
high resistance to solvents and shall be free from blisters and other surface defects and
shall have chromium plated brass hinges and rubber buffer of suitable size.
M-61. Orissa type water closet
61.1 The specification of Orissa type white / coloured glazed water closet of first quality
shall conform to IS 256 (Part III) 1981 and relevant specification of Indian type water
closet except that pan will be with the integral squatting pan of size 580 mm x 440 mm
with raised footrest.
M-62. Indian type water closet
62.1. The Indian type white glazed water closet of first quality shall be of size as
specified in the item and conforming to I.S. : 771-1979 and I.S. :2556- (Part -II) 1981.
Each pan shall have integral flushing. It shall also have an inlet at black an or front for
connecting flush pipes as directed, The inside of the bottom or the pan shall have
sufficient slope from the front towards the outlet and surface shall be uniform and
smooth. Pan shall be provided with 100 mm. diameter 'P' or 's' trap with approximately
50 mm. Water seal and 50 mm. diameter vent horn.
M-62. A. Foot Rests
62.A. 1. A pair of whit glazed earthen ware rectangular foot to minimum size 250 mm. x
130 mm. x 20 mm. shall be provided with the water closet.

72
M-64. Glazed earthen-ware Lipped type flat back urinal/corner type urinal
64.1. The lipped type urinal shall be flat back or corner type as specified in the item and
shall conform to I.S.771-1979. It shall be of best Indian make and. size as specified and
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The flat back of corner type urinal must be of 1st
quality free from any defects, cracks etc.
M-67. Flush cock.
67.1. Half turn flush cock (Heavy weight) shall be of gun metal chromium plated of
diameter as specified in the description of the item. The flush cock shall conform to
relevant Indian Standard.
M-68. Cast iron pipes and fittings.
68.1. All soil, water, vent and anti-siphonage pipes and fitting shall conform to I.S.1729-
1964.Thepipesshall have spigot and socket ends with head on spigot end. The pipes and
fitting shall be true to shape, smooth, cylindrical, their inner and outer surfaces being as
nearly as practicable concentric. They shall be sound and nicely cast and shall be free
from cracks, laps, pinholes or the imperfection and shall be neatly dressed and carefully
fettled.
68.2. The end of pipes and fittings shall be reasonable square to their axis.
68.3. The sand of cast iron pipes shall be of the diameter as specified in the description
and shall be in lengths of 1.5 M., 1.8 M. including socket ends of the pipe unless shorter
lengths are either specified or required at junctions etc. The pipes and fittings shall be
supplied without ears unless specified or directed otherwise.
68.4. Tolerances :
68.4.1. The Standard weights and thickness of pipes shall be as shown in the following
table.
A tolerance up to minus 10 per cent may however be allowed against these standard
weights.
Sr. Nominal Thickness Overall 1,5 Weight of excluding
No. dia. of bore m. long pipe ears 2.m.
1.8 m. long long

1 75mm 5mm 12.38kg 16.52kg 18.37kg

2 100mm 5mm 18.14kg 21.67 kg 24.15kg

.
68.4.2. A tolerance up to minus 15 percent in thickness and 20 mm. length will be
allowed. For fittings tolerance in lengths shall-be plus 25 mm. and minus 10 mm.
68.4.3. The thickness of fittings and their socket and spigot dimensions shall conform to
the thickness and dimensions specified for the corresponding sizes of straight pipes.
The tolerance in weights and thickness shall be the same as for straight pipes.
M-69. Nahni Trap
69.1. Nahni trap shall be of cast iron and shall be sound and free from porosity or other
defects which affect serviceability. The thickness of the base metal shall not be less than
6.5mm.Thesurfaceshallbesmoothand free form craze, chips and other flaws or any other
kind of defects which affect serviceability. The size of Nahni trap shall be specified and
shall be of self cleaning design.
69.2. The Nahni trap shall be of quality approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall
generally conform to the relevant Indian Standards. , ,
69.3. The Nahni trap provide shall be with deep seal, minimum 50 mm. except at places
where trap with deep seal cannot be accommodated. The cover shall be cast iron
perforated cover shall be provided on the trap of appropriate size.
M-70. Gully Trap
70.1. Gully trap shall conform to I.S.651 -1980. If shall be sound, free from defects such
as fire cracks or hair. cracks. The glaze of the traps shall be free from crazing. They shall
give a sharp clear note when struck with light hammer. There shall be no broken blisters.
70.2. The size of the gully trap shall be as specified in the item.

73
70.3. Each gully trap shall have one C.I. grating of square size corresponding to the
dimensions, of inlet of gully trap. It will also have a water tight C.l. cover with frame inside
dimensions 300mm.x300mm. the cover with frame inside dimensions 300 mm. x 300
mm. the cover and weighing not less than 4.53 Kg. and the frame not less than 2.72 Kg.
The grating cover and frame shall be of sound and good casting and shall have truly
square machined seating faces.
M 71. Glazed Stone Ware pipe And Fittings
71.1. The pipes and fittings shall be of best quality as approved by the Engineer – in -
Charge. The pipe shall be of best quality manufactured from stone-ware of fire clay, salt
glazed thoroughly burnt through the whole thickness, of a close even texture, free from
air blows, fire blisters, cracks and other imperfections, which affect the serviceability. The
inner and outer surfaces shall be smooth and perfectly glazed. The pipe shall be capable
to withstand pressures or 1.5 M. lead without showing sign of leakage. The thickness of
the wall shall not be less than 1/12th of the internal dia. The depth of socket shall not be
less than 38 mm. The socket shall be sufficiently large to allow a joint of 6 mm. around
the pipe.
The pipes shall generally conform to relevant I.S.651-1980.

M-78 Barbed Wire

78.1: The barbed wire shall be of galvanized steel and it shall generally conform to
I.S.278-1978. The barbed wire shall be of type-l whose nominal diameter for line wire
shall be 2.5 mm. and point wire 2.24 mm. The nominal distance between two barbs shall
be 75 mm. unless otherwise specified in the item. The barbed wire shell be formed by
twisting together two line wires. One containing the barbs. The size of the line and point
wires and barb spacing shall be as specified above. The permissible deviation from the
nominal diameter of the line wire and point wire shall not exceed + 0.08 mm.
78.2. The barbs shall carry four points and shall be formed by twisting two point wires,
each two turns, lightly round one line wire, making altogether four complete turns. The
barbs shall have a length of not less than 13 mm. and not more than 18 mm. The point
shall be sharp and cut at an angle not greaterthan35degree of the axis of the wire
forming the barbs.
78.3. The line and point wires shall be circular in section, free from scale and other
defects and shall be uniformly galvanized. The line wire shall be in continuous length and
shall not contain any welds other than those in the rod before it is drawn. The distance
between two successive splices shall not be less than 15 metres.
78.4. The lengths per 100 Kg. of barbed wire I.S. type I shall be as under: Nominal 1000
metre Minimum 934 Metre Maximum 1066 Metre

74
(E7) :DETAIL SPECIFICATION FOR WORK ITEMS:-
Excavation for foundation in trenches in ordinary, dense, hard soil, sand, clay, soft
murrum up to 1.50 Mt. depth including strutting, shoring wherever necessary and
throwing away the extra stuff with in the lead of 50 Mt. radius and its dressing etc.
complete as directed by E. I. C.
1.0. General
1.1. Any soil which generally require close application of picks or jumpers or scarifiers
to loosen it, stiff clay, gravel and stone, etc. or organic soil, gravel silt, sand, turf, loam,
clay, peat, etc. fall under this category.
2.0. Clearing the site
2.1. The site on which the structure is to be built shall be cleared, and all obstructions
loose stone, materials, and rubbish of all kind, bush wood and trees shall be removal as
directed. The materials so obtained shall be property of the Government and shall be
conveyed and stacked as directed within 50 m. lead. The roots of the trees coming in the
sides shall be cut and coated with a hot asphalt.
2.2. The rate of side clearance is deemed to be included in the rate of earth work for
which no extra will be paid.
3.0. Setting out
After clearing the site the centre lines will be given, by the Engineer-in-Charge. The
contractor shall assume full responsibility for alignment, elevation and dimension of each
and all parts of the work. Contractor shall supply labours materials, etc., required for
setting out the reference marks and bench marks and shall maintain them as long as
required and directed.
4.0. Excavation
The excavation in foundation shall be carried out in true line and level and shall have the
width and depth as shown in the drawings or as directed. The contractor shall do the
necessary shoring and shutting or providing necessary slopes to a safe angle, at his own
cost. The payment for such precautionary measures shall be paid separately if not
specified. The bottom of the excavated area shall be leveled both longitudinally and
transferal as directed by removing and watering as required. No earth filling will be
allowed for brining it to level. If by mistake or any excavation is made deeper or wider
than that shown on the plan or directed. The extra depth or width shall be made up with
concrete of same proportion as specified for the foundation concrete at the cost of the
contractor The excavation up to 1.5 m depth shall be measured under this item.
5.0. Disposal of the excavated stuff
5.1. The excavated stuff of the selected type shall be used in filling the trenches and
plinth or leveling the ground in layers including ramming and watering etc.
5.2. The balance of the excavated quantity shall be removed by the contractor from
the site of work to a place as directed with lead up to 50 M. and all lift.
6.0. Mode of measurements & payment
6.1. The measurement of excavation in trenches for foundation shall be made
according to the sections of trenches shown on the drawing or as per sections given by
the Engineer-in- Charge. No payment shall be made for surplus excavation made in
excess of above requirements or due to stopping and sloping back as found necessary
on account of conditions of soil and requirements of safety.
6.2. The rate shall be for a unit of one cubic meter.

Excavation for foundation in trenches in ordinary, dense, hard soil, sand, clay, soft
murrum up to 1.50 Mt. to 3.0 mt. depth including strutting, shoring wherever
necessary and throwing away the extra stuff with in the lead of 50 Mt. radius and
its dressing etc. complete as directed by E. I. C.

75
1.0 Workmanship
1.1 The relevant specification of item no. 1 shall be followed except that the
excavation work shall be carried out with 1.5Mt to 3.0Mt lift in ordinary soil, sand, clay,
soft murrum.
2.0. Mode of measurements & payment
2.1 The relevant specification of item no. 1 shall be followed.
2.2 The excavation work from 1.5Mt to 3.0Mt shall be measured under this item.
2.3. The rate shall be for a unit of one cubic meter.

Excavation for foundation in trenches in ordinary, dense, hard soil, sand, clay, soft
murrum up to 3.00 Mt. to 5.0 mt. depth including strutting, shoring wherever
necessary and throwing away the extra stuff with in the lead of 50 Mt. radius and
its dressing etc. complete as directed by E. I. C.

1.0 Workmanship
1.1 The relevant specification of item no. 1 shall be followed except that the excavation
work shall be carried out with 3.0Mt to 5.0Mt lift in ordinary soil, sand, clay, soft murrum.
2.0. Mode of measurements & payment
2.1 The relevant specification of item no. 1 shall be followed.
2.2 The excavation work from 3.0Mt to 5.0Mt shall be measured under this item.
2.3. The rate shall be for a unit of one cubic meter.

Filling available excavated earth (Excluding rock) in trenches, plinth sides of

foundation etc. in layers not exceeding 20 CM in depth, consolidating each
deposited layers by ramming and watering.
1.0 Workmanship
1.1 The earth to be used for filling shall be free from salts, organic or other foreign
matter. All clots of earth shall be broken.
1.2 As soon as the work in foundation has been completed and measured the site of
foundation shall cleared of all debris, brick bats, mortar dropping etc., and filled with
earth in layers not exceeding 20 cms. Each layer shall be adequately watered, rammed
and consolidated before the succeeding layer is laid. The earth shall be rammed with
iron rammers where feasible and with the butt ends of crow bars, where rammer cannot
be used.
1.3 The plinth shall be similarly filled with earth in layers not exceeding 20 cms.
adequately watered and consolidated by ramming with iron or wooden rammers. When
filling reaches finished level the surface shall be flooded with water for at least 24 hours
and allowed to dry and then rammed and consolidated.
1.4 The finished level of filling shall be kept to shape intended to be given to floor.
1.5 In case of large heavy duty flooring like factory flooring, the consolidation may be
done by power rollers, where so specified. The extent of consolidation required shall
also be as specified.
1.6 The excavated stuff of the selected type shall be allowed to be used in filling the
trenches and plinth. Under no circumstances black cotton soil be used for filling in the
plinth.
2.0 Mode of Measurements & Payment
2.1 The payment shall be made for filling the plinth and trenches. No deduction shall
be made for shrinkage and voids, if consolidated as instructed above.
2.2 The rate shall be for a unit of one cubic meter.

Filling in foundation and plinth with murrum or selected soil in layers of 20 CM

thickness including watering, ramming and consolidation etc. complete (Yellow
earth should be brought by contractor from out side) Note : 25 % of the
successive bill amount shall be retained till lapse of one full scale monsoon and
rectifications of subsistence if any to the design ground level)

76
1.0. Materials
1.1. Murrum shall be clean, of good binding quality, and of approved quality obtained
from approved pots / quarries of disintegrated rocks which contain silicon materials and
natural mixture of clay of calcareous origin. The size of murrum shall not be more than
20mm.
2.0 Workmanship
The relevant specifications of item No. 4 shall be followed except that murrum or
selected soil shall be filled in foundation and plinth in 20 cms. Layers including
consolidating, ramming, watering, dressing, etc. complete.
3.0. Mode of Measurements & Payment
3.1. The relevant specifications of item No. 4 shall be followed.
3.2. The rate includes cost of collecting, carting murrum / or selected earth of approved
quality with all lead and labour required for filling the same in trenches and plinth under
floors.
3.3. The rate shall be for a unit of one cubic meter.

Filling in plinth with sand under floors including watering, ramming consolidating
and dressing etc. complete.
1.0. Materials
1.1. Sand shall conform to M6.
2.0 Workmanship
The relevant specifications of item No. 4 shall be followed except that sand shall be filled
in under floors, including watering, ramming, consolidating and dressing etc. complete.
3.0. Mode of Measurements & Payment
3.1. The relevant specifications of item No. 4 shall be followed.
3.2. The rate includes cost of collecting, carting sand with all lead and labour for filling
the same in plinth under floors.
3.3. The rate shall be for a unit of one cubic meter.

Providing and applying anti termite treatment, as per IS 6313 (part II & Part III 2001)
for building works in pre construction & Post construction stages, using
chemicals conforming to relevant IS in water emulsion and effective when applied
uniformly over the area to treated. The chemical to be used is chloro-pyriphos 20
% EC or its equivalent. The treatment is to be carried out as per the procedure
mentioned below and treated plinth surface area is to be taken for measurement.
a) For pre-construction treatment: For plinth filling and periphery holes inside
plinth to be drilled and 300mm centre to centre each having depth 1.5 mtr and for
inside plinth the holes are to be treated with diluted chemical solution 1.5 ltr. Per
hole in the ratio of 1:20 per periphery, i.e. outside plinth the ditch is to be treated
with diluted solution 2.25 ltr. per Rmt. in the ratio 1:20. The entire surface area is
to be treated with diluted solution of dose 2.25 ltr. per smt over and above as a
plinth surface treatment.

Specification for the item shall be as per item description and relevant IS code.
“For Anti-termite Treatment:-
The contractor shall submit performance guarantee of the anti-termite treatment
item at the rate of 20% of cost of item of work order in the form of FDR of
Schedule Bank / Nationalised Bank in favour of GETCO (A/c Agency) for a period
of 5 years from actual date of completion of work on non-judicial stamp paper of
appropriate value in approved format of GETCO. In the event of unsatisfactory
performance of anti-termite treatment work, the agency shall carry out necessary
remedial/rectification works that may be necessary in the opinion of GETCO at no

77
extra cost, failing which FDR shall be encashed by GETCO. The FDR shall be
released only after satisfactory completion of performance period of 5 years.”

Measurement will be paid in square meter basis.

Brick work using common fly ash / concrete blocks building bricks having
crushing strength not less 35 kg. / sq. cm. in foundation and plinth in cement
mortar 1:6 (1 -Cement : 6 - Fine sand)

1.0. Materials
Water shall conform to M-1. Cement shall conform to M-3. Sand shall conform to M-6.
Cement mortar shall conform to M-11. Brick shall conform to M-15.
2.0 Workmanship
2.1. Proportion : The proportion of the cement mortar shall be 1:6 (1 Cement : 6 fine
sand) by volume.
2.2 Wetting of bricks : The bricks required for masonry shall be thoroughly wetted
with clean water for about two hours before use or as directed. The cessation of
bubbles, when the bricks are wetted with water is an indication of thorough wetting of
bricks.
2.3.1 Laying : Bricks shall be laid in English bond unless directed otherwise. Half or cut
bricks shall not be used except when necessary to complete to bond, closers in such
case shall be cut to the required size and used near the ends of walls.
2.3.2 A layer of mortar shall be spread on full width for suitable length of the lower
course. Each brick shall first be properly bedded and set home by gently tapping with
the handle of trowel or wooden mallet. It side face shall be flushed with mortar before
the next brick is laid and pressed against it. On completion of course, the vertical joint
shall be fully filled from the top with mortar.
2.3.3 The wall shall be taken up truly in plumb. All courses shall be laid truly horizontal
and all vertical joints shall be truly vertical. Vertical joints in alternate course shall
generally be directly one over the other. The thickness of the brick course shall be kept
uniform.
2.3.4 The bricks shall be laid with frog upwards. A set of tools comprising of wooden
straight edges, mason’s spirit level, square half meter rub, and pins, string and plumb
shall be kept on the site of the work for frequent checking during the progress of work.
2.3.5 Both the faces of the walls of thickness greater than 23 cms. shall be kept in
proper place. All the connected brickwork shall be kept not more than one meter over
the rest of the work. Where this is not possible the work shall be raked back according
to bond (and not left toothed) at an angle not steeper than 45 degrees.
2.3.6 All fixtures, pipes, outlets of water, holdfasts of doors and windows, etc. which are
required to be built in wall shall be embedded in the cement mortar.
2.4 Joints
2.4.1 Bricks shall be so laid that all joints are quite flush with mortar. Thickness of the
joint shall not exceed 12mm. The face joints shall be raked out as directed by raking tool
daily during the progress of work, when the mortar is still green so as to provide key for
plaster or pointing to be done.
2.4.2 The face of the brick shall be cleaned the very day on which the brick work is laid
and all mortar dropping removed.
2.5 Curing
2.5.1 Green work shall be protected from the rain suitable. Masonry work shall be kept
moist on all the faces for a period of seven days. The top of the masonry work shall be
kept well wetted at the close of the day.
2.6 Preparation of the foundation bed
2.6.1 If the foundation is to be laid directly on the excavated bed, the bed shall be
leveled, cleaned of all the loose materials, cleaned and wetted before starting masonry.

78
If masonry is to be laid on concrete footing, the top of the concrete shall be cleaned and
moistened. The contractor shall obtain the engineer’s approval for the foundation bed,
before foundation masonry is started. When pucca flooring is to be provided flush with
the top to plinth, the inside plinth offset shall be kept lower than the outside plinth top by
the thickness of the flooring.

3.0 Mode of measurement

3.1 The measurements of this item shall be taken for the brick masonry fully
completed in foundation up to plinth. The limiting dimensions not exceeding those
shown on the plans or as directed shall be final. Battered, tapered and curved portion
shall be measured net.
3.2 No deduction shall be made from the quantity of brick work, nor any extra
payment made for embedding in masonry or making holes in respect of following items.
(1) End of joints, beams, posts, girders, rafters, purlins, trusses, corbel, steps,
etc. where cross section area does not exceed 500 sq cm.
(2) Opening not exceeding 1000 sq cm.
(3) Wall plates and bed plates, bearing of slabs, and the like whose thickness
does not exceed 10 cm and the bearing does not extended to the full thickness of
the wall.
(4) Drainage holes and recesses fro cement concrete blocks to embed hold fasts
for doors, windows, etc.
(5) Iron fixtures, pipes up to 300mm dia, hold fasts and doors and windows built
into masonry and pipes, etc. for concealed wiring.
(6) Forming chases of section not exceeding 350 sq. cm. in masonry.
3.3 Apertures for fire places shall not be deducted nor shall extra labour required to
make splaying of jambs, throttling and making arches over the apertures be paid
for separately.
3.4 The rate shall be for a unit of one cubic meter.

Brick work using common fly ash building bricks having crushing strength not
less 35 kg. / sq. cm. for super structure above plinth level up to floor two level (i.e.
4.0 m above plinth level and parapet above the same) in cement mortar 1:6 (1 -
Cement : 6 - Fine sand)

The specification of item no. 8 shall be applicable to this item but for brick masonry for
super structure above plinth level up to floor two level i.e. 4.0m above plinth level and
parapet above the same.

The rate shall for a unit of one cubic metre.

Half brick masonry in fly ash / concrete blocks building bricks having crushing
strength not less than 35 kg/sq.cm. in cement mortar 1:3 (1 - Cement : 3 - Coarse
sand) with 2 Nos. of 6 mm mild steel round bars after every three courses
embedded in cement mortar above plinth level up to floor two level.
1.0 Materials
Water shall conform to M-1. Cement shall conform to M-3. Sand shall conform to M-6.
Cement mortar shall conform to M-11. Brick shall conform to M-15. M.S. reinforcement
shall conform to M-18.
2.0 Workmanship
2.1 Relevant specification of bricks, wetting and laying of bricks, joints, curing,
scaffolding etc. shall conform to Item no. except the following :
2.2 Cement mortar used in masonry work shall be in proportion of one part of cement
and three parts of sand by volume and shall conform to M-11, and this work is for half
brick thickness for partition walls.

79
2.3 The hoop iron i.e. two nos. of 6mm dia MS round bars shall be provided at every
third course. The ends of reinforcement shall be full embedded in main walls on both
sides as directed. Reinforcement shall be placed on top of the bottom-most course.
Laps shall be of 15 cms. of mild steel bars of hoop iron.
2.4 The joints in the course where reinforcement is placed shall admit of mortar cover to
the reinforcement.

3.0 Mode of measurements and payment

3.1 The rate shall be for half brick masonry work including providing specified
reinforcement, the limiting dimension not exceeding those in plan or as directed. The
length shall be measured nearest to one cm.
3.2 Any work done extra over specified dimensions shall be ignored.
3.3 The rate shall be for a unit of one sq. meter.

Providing & laying M-15 grade of concrete with minimum cement content 240
kg/M3 and keeping maximum free water cement ratio as 0.60, for plain structure
foundation using 12 mm to 20 mm size black trap machine crushed metal
including necessary centering for all sides as required, mixing the concrete in
mixer machine, ramming with vibrator, including keeping pockets for foundation
bolts & finishing the exposed honey combed surface if any, curing, etc., complete
as per drawing & specification, and as directed by E. I. C. (Finishing by Plaster &
Reinforcement if any will be paid separately)

M-15 grade of concrete using machine cut black trap of size 12 to 20mm shall be laid
using minimum cement content of 240 Kg / Cmt. and free water cement ratio of 0.60.
Sample of ingredients to be used shall be got approved.
The general specification of concrete shall be applicable for this item. Rate quoted shall
be of all materials, labour, tools, tackles, shuttering, scaffolding, curing, etc. as per item.
Concreting work, involved in this item, is for the foundation work for various equipments
and machinery.
Payment shall be made on actual cu. M. of concrete work done as per detailed drawing
furnished by department.
The pockets to be grouted shall be properly cleaned. Dust and other foreign materials
shall be removed. If required, it shall be cleaned by Air blower. If surface is not rough,
roughening shall be done, if necessary and instructed by Engineer – in – Charge for
bonding purpose. Existing surface shall be applied with thick paste of cement mortar.
No separate payment will be admissible for this.
Payment shall be made for actual quantity of concrete work done for grouting.

Providing & Laying controlled cement concrete M-200 curing complete excluding
the cost of form work and reinforcement for reinforced concrete work in
a) Foundation, footings, Bases of columns etc. and Mass concrete,
b) Slabs, Landings, shelves, Balconies, Lintels, Beams, Girders and
cantilever up to floor two level,
c) Columns pillars posts and struts up to floor two level.

1.0 Materials
Water shall conform to M-1. Cement shall conform to M-3. Sand shall conform to M-6.
Grit shall conform to M-8. Graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size shall conform to
M-12.
2.0 General
2.1 The concrete mix shall be designed by preliminary tests, the proportioning of cement
and aggregates shall be done by weight and necessary precautions shall be taken in the
production to ensure that the required work cube strength is attained and maintained.
The controlled concrete shall be in grade of M-200 with prefix controlled added to it. The

80
letter ‘M’ refers to mix and numbers specify 28 days works cube compressive strength of
150mm cubes of the mix expressed in Kg/ Cm2
2.2 The proportion of cement, sand and coarse aggregates shall be determined by
weight. The weigh batching machine shall be used for maintaining proper control over
the proportion of aggregates as per mix design.
The strength requirements of different grades of concrete shall be as under :

Grade of concrete Compressive strength of 15 cms. cubes in Kg / Cm2 at 28

days, conducted in accordance with IS 516 – 1959.
Preliminary test (min) Work test (min)
M-150 200 150
M-200 260 200
M-250 320 250
M-300 380 300
M-350 440 350
M-400 500 400

In all cases, the 28 days compressive strength specified in above table be the criteria for
acceptance or rejection of the concrete. Where the strength of a concrete mix as
indicated by tests, lies in between the strength of any two grades specified in the above
table, such concrete shall be classified in for all purposes as concrete belonging to the
lower of the two grades between which its strength lies.
2.3 Admixture may be used in concrete only with approval of Engineer – in – Charge
based upon the evidence that with the passage of time neither the compressive strength
of concrete is reduced nor are other requisite qualities of concrete and steel impaired by
the use of such admixture.
3.0 Workmanship
3.1 The proportions for ingredients chosen shall be such that concrete has adequate
workability for conditions prevailing on the work in question and can be properly
compacted with means available except where it can be shown to the satisfaction of the
Engineer – in – Charge, that the supply of properly graded aggregate of uniform quality
can be maintained till the completion of work. Grading of aggregate shall be controlled
by obtaining the coarse aggregates, in different sizes and being in them in the right
proportions as required. Aggregate of different sizes shall be stocked in separate stock
piles. The required quantity of material shall be stock piled several hours, preferably a
day before use. The grading of coarse and fine aggregate shall be checked as
frequently as possible, the frequency for a given job being determined by the Engineer –
in – Charge to ensure that the suppliers are maintaining the uniform grading as approved
for samples used in the preliminary tests.
3.2 In proportioning concrete, the quantity of both cement and aggregate shall be
determined by weight. Where the weight of cement is determined by accepting the
maker’s weight per bag a reasonable number of bags shall be weighed separately to
check the net weight. Where the cement is weighed from bulk stocks at site and not by
bags, it shall be weighed separately from the aggregates. Water shall either be
measured by volume in calibrated tanks or weighed. All measuring equipments shall be
maintained in clean, and serviceable condition. Their accuracy shall be periodically
checked.
3.3 It is most important to keep the specified water cement ratio constant and at its
correct value. To this end, moisture content in both fine and coarse aggregates shall be
determined by the Engineer – in – Charge, according to the weather conditions. The
amount of mixing water shall then be adjusted to compensate for variations in the
moisture content. For the determination of moisture content in the aggregates, IS 2389
(Part III) shall be referred to. Suitable adjustments shall also be made in the weights of
coarse aggregates due to variation in the moisture content. Minimum quantity of cement
to be used in concrete shall not be less than 320 Kg / Cmt.

81
3.4 Mixing
3.4.1 For all work, concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer which along with other
accessories shall be kept in first class working condition and so maintained throughout
the construction. Measured quantity of aggregate, sand, cement required for each batch
shall be poured into the drum of the mechanical mixer while it is continuously running.
After about half a minute of dry mixing measured quantity of water required for each
batch of concrete mix shall be added gradually and mixing continued for another one and
half a minute. Mixing shall be continued till materials are uniformly distributed and
uniform colour of the entire mass is obtained and each individual particle of the coarse
aggregate shows complete coating of mortar containing its proportionate amount of
cement. In no case shall the mixing be done for less than two minutes after all
ingredients have been put into the mixer.
3.4.2 Mixers which have been out of use for more than 30 minutes shall be thoroughly
cleaned before putting in a new batch. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Engineer – in
– Charge the first batch of concrete from the mixture shall contain only two thirds of
normal quantity of coarse aggregate. Mixing plant shall be thoroughly cleaned before
changing from one type of cement to another.
3.5 Consistency
3.5.1 The degree of consistency which shall depend upon the nature of the work and
methods of vibration of concrete shall be determined by regular slump tests in
accordance with IS 1199 – 1959. The slump of 10 mm to 25 mm shall be adopted when
vibrators are used and 80 mm when vibrators are not used.
3.6 Inspection
3.6.1 Contractor shall give the Engineer – in – Charge due notice before placing any
concrete in the forms to permit him to inspect and accept the false work and forms as to
their strength, alignment and general fitness but such inspection shall not reliever the
contractor of his responsibility for the safety of men, machinery, materials and for results
obtained. Immediately before concreting, all forms shall be thoroughly cleaned.
3.6.2 Centering design and its erection shall be got approved from the Engineer – in –
Charge. One carpenter with helper shall invariably be kept present throughout the period
of concreting. Movement of labour and other persons shall be totally prohibited for
reinforcement laid in position. For access to different parts, suitable mobile platforms
shall be provided so that steel reinforcement in position is not disturbed. For ensuring
proper cover, mortar blocks of suitable size shall be cast and tied to the reinforcement.
Timber, kapachi or metal pieces shall not be used for this purpose.
3.7 Transporting and laying
3.7.1 The method of transporting and placing concrete shall be as approved. Concrete
shall be so transported and placed that no contamination, segregation or loss of its
constituent material takes place. All form work shall be cleaned and made free from
standing water, dust, snow or ice immediately before placing of concrete. No concrete
shall be placed in any part of the structure until the approval of Engineer – in – Charge
has been obtained.
3.7.2 Concreting shall proceed continuously over the area between construction joints.
Fresh concrete shall not be placed against concrete which has been in position for more
than 30 minutes unless a proper construction joint is formed. Concrete shall be
compacted in its final position within 30 minutes of its discharge from the mixer. Except
where otherwise agreed to by the Engineer – in – Charge concrete shall be deposited in
horizontal layers to a compacted depth of not more than 0.45 metre when internal
vibrators are used and not exceeding 0.30 metre in all other cases.
3.7.3 Unless otherwise agreed to by the Engineer – in – Charge, concrete shall not be
dropped into place from a height exceeding 2 metres. When trucking or chutes are used
they shall be kept close and used in such a way as to avoid segregation. When
concreting has to be resumed on a surface which has hardened, it shall be roughened,
swept clean, thoroughly wetted and covered with a 13mm thick layer of mortar
composed of cement and sand in same ratio as in the concrete mix itself. This 13 mm

82
layer of mortar shall be freshly mixed and placed immediately before placing of new
concrete. When concrete has not fully hardened, all laitance shall be removed by
scrubbing the wet surface with wire or bristle brushes, care being taken to avoid
dislodgement of any particles of coarse aggregate. The surface shall then be thoroughly
wetted, all free water removed and then coated with neat cement grout. The first layer of
concrete to be placed on this surface shall not exceed 150mm in thickness and shall be
well rammed against old work, particular attention being given to corners and close
spots.
3.7.4 All concrete shall be compacted to produce a dense homogeneous mass with the
assistance of vibrators, unless, otherwise permitted by the Engineer – in – Charge for
exceptional cases, such as concreting under water, where vibrators can not be used.
Sufficient vibrators in serviceable condition shall be kept at site so that spare equipment
is always available in the event of breakdowns.
Concrete shall be judged to be compacted when the mortar fills the spaces between the
coarse aggregate and begins to cream up to form an ever surface. Compaction shall be
completed before the initial setting starts i.e. within 30 minutes of addition of water to dry
mixture. During compaction, it shall be observed that needle vibrators are not applied on
reinforcement which is likely to destroy the bond between concrete and reinforcement.
3.8 Curing
Immediately after compaction, concrete shall be protected from weather, including rain,
running water, shocks, vibration, traffic, rapid temperature changes, frost and drying out
process. It shall be covered with wet sacking, Hessian or other similar absorbent
material approved, soon after the initial set and shall be kept continuously wet for a
period of not less than 14 days from the date of placement. Masonary work over
foundation concrete may be started after 48 hours of its laying but curing of concrete
shall be continued for a minimum period of 14 days.
3.9 Sampling and testing of concrete
3.9.1 Samples from fresh concrete shall be taken as per IS 1199 – 1959 and cubes shall
be made, cured and tested at 7 days or 28 days as per requirements in accordance with
IS 516 – 1959. A random sampling procedure shall be adopted to ensure that each
concrete batch shall have a reasonable chance of being tested i.e. the sampling should
be spread over the entire period of concreting and cover all mixing units. The minimum
frequency of sampling of concrete of each grade shall be in accordance with following:

Quantity of No. of Quantity of No. of samples

concrete in the samples concrete in the
work work
1 – 5 Cmt. 1 31 - 50 Cmt. 4
6 – 15 Cmt. 2 51 and above 4 + one additional for each
additional 50 m. or part thereof.
16 – 30 Cmt. 3

NOTE : At least one sample shall be taken from each shift. Ten test specimens shall be
made from each sample, five for testing at 7 days and the remaining five at 28 days.
The samples of concrete shall be taken on each day of concreting as per above
frequency. The number of specimens may be suitably increased as deemed necessary
by the Engineer – in – Charge when procedure of tests given above reveals a poor
quality of concrete and in other special cases.
3.9.2 The average strength of the group of cubes cast for each day shall not be less than
the specified cube strength of 150 Kg / Cm2 at 28 days. 20 % of the cubes cast for each
day may have value less than the specified strength provided the lowest value is not less
than 85% of the specified strength. If the concrete made in accordance with the
proportions given for a particular grade, does not yield the specified strength, such
concrete shall be classified as belonging to the appropriate lower grade. Concrete made
in accordance with the proportions given for a particular grade shall not, however, be

83
placed in a higher grade on the ground that the test strength are higher than the
minimum specified.
4.0 Stripping
4.0.1 The Engineer – in – Charge shall be informed in advance by the contractor of his
intention to strike the form work. While fixing the time for removal of form work, due
consideration shall be given to local conditions, character of the structure, the weather
and other condition that influence the setting of concrete and of the materials used in the
mix. In normal circumstances (generally where temperatures are above 20° C and
where ordinary concrete is used, forms may be struck after expiry of periods specified in
item for respective item of form work.
4.0.2 All form work shall be removed without causing any shock or vibration as would
damage the concrete. Before the soffit and struts are removed, the concrete surface
shall be exposed, where necessary in order to ascertain that the concrete has sufficiently
hardened. Centering shall be gradually and uniformly lowered in such a manner as to
permit the concrete to take stress due to its own weight uniformly and gradually. Where
internal metal ties are permitted, they or their removable parts shall be extracted without
causing any damage to the concrete and remaining holes filled with mortar. No
permanently embedded metal part shall have less than 25 mm cover to the finished
concrete surface. Where it is intended to re-use the form work, it shall be cleaned and
made good to the satisfaction of the Engineer – in – Charge. After removal of form work
and shuttering, the Executive Engineer shall inspect the work and satisfy by random
checks that concrete produced is of good quality.
4.0.3 Immediately after the removal of forms, all exposed bolts etc., passing through the
cement concrete member and used for shuttering or any other purpose shall be cut
inside the cement concrete member to a depth of at least 25 mm below the surface of
the concrete and the resulting holes be filled by cement mortar. All line caused by form
joint, all cavities produced by the removal of form ties and all other holes and
depressions, honeycomb spots, broken edges or corners and other defects shall be
thoroughly cleaned, saturated with water and carefully pointed and rendered true with
mortar of cement and fine aggregate mixed in proportions used in the grade of concrete
that is being finished and of as dry consistency as is possible to use. Considerable
pressure shall be applied in filling and pointing to ensure thorough filling in all voids.
Surfaces which are pointed shall be kept moist for a period of 24 hours.
If rock pockets / honeycombs in the opinion of the Engineer – in – Charge are of such
and extent or character as to effect the strength of the structure materially or to endanger
the life of the steel reinforcement, he may declare the concrete defective and require the
removal and replacement of the portions of the structure effected.
4.1 Mode of measurement and payment
4.1.1 Controlled concrete RCC fro work as specified shall be measured under this item.
The rate excluded the cost of form work.
4.1.2 The consolidated cubical contents of concrete work as specified in item shall be
measured. The concrete laid in excess of section shown on drawings or as directed
shall not be measured. No deduction shall be made for –
(a) Ends of dis-similar materials such as joists, beams, posts, girders, rafters, purlin
trusses, corbels and steps, etc. up to 500 Sq. Cm. in section.
(b) Opening up to 0.1 Sq. M.
4.1.3 The rate includes cost of all materials, labour, tools, and plant required for mixing,
placing in position, vibrating and compacting, finishing as directed, curing and all other
incidental expenses for producing concrete of specified strength.
4.3 The rate shall be for a unit of one cubic metre.

Providing and laying Thermo Mechanically Treated (TMT bars) steel reinforcement
conforming to grade Fe 415 IS : 1786 for RCC work including cutting, bending,
hooking and binding the reinforcement with approved quality of binging wire etc.,
completed as per design

84
All reinforcement TMT bar specified in item shall confirm to relevant IS standard 1786 for
thermo mechanical Tested bars, Wherever tested brands to be used, certificate for the
same from manufacture shall be submitted. If it is instructed by Executive Engineer,
contractor shall have to arrange for testing of bars at the laboratory or institution,
suggested by GETCO at his cost.
If the bars are to be supplied by GETCO at specified rate, in schedule “A” the same shall
be collected and carted to the site of use.
Bars shall be bent as per bar bending schedule supplied with drawing. If bar bending
schedule is not supplied contractor shall prepare it and get it approved at the site before
cutting for fabrication. Bars shall be clean, free form rust, dust, mud etc. if coils are there,
they shall be first straightened. Bars shall be cut according to the cutting length
specified/approved by department. Bars shall be bent gradually. Bars having crack or
spits shall be rejected. Bars shall be bent cold, unless otherwise specified in case of
higher diameter bars. If bar is bend wrongly, it should be straightened and recent such
that it do not injure the materials.
Laps and splices shall be got approved. They shall be staggered and shall be at location
shown/approved. Lapping shall be avoided when full length bars are available. All laps,
hooks, bends etc. shall be provided as per IS standards. Reinforcement bars shall be
place in position as per drawing or details given. It shall be tied with annealed black
wire/G.I. wire of 18 gauge. Blocks, spacers, chairs etc., shall be provided as per IS. 2502
at places instructed.
Bars shall be provided with clear cover as shown in drawing or as instructed on site.
Cover shall be provided with cement mortar cover block prepared of specified thickness
with binding wire embedded to fix cover in position and tie with the reinforcement so that
it may not get disturbed. Minimum clear cover shall be less than 13 mm or diameter of
bars for slabs. For beam and columns depending on size it shall be 20mm to 25mm.
Cover shall be provided depending on structure, weather condition, location of structure
etc., as per ISI.
After the reinforcement is tied and checked by contractor himself it shall be got checked
by GETCO’s authorized representative and okayed for pouring of concrete. Quantity of
reinforcement bars in M.T. embedded in concrete shall be paid. Weight shall be
computed on cutting length approved or given multiplied by standard weight of particular
diameter of bars as per IS standards. Work shall to be carried out at all levels. “Rate
quoted shall inclusive of wastages, cost of binding wire etc., No separate payment will be
made for binding wire. However laps, dowels etc., shall be paid as per drawing or as
approved in site.
For the purpose of payment, the bar shall be measured correct up to 100 mm length and
weight payable worked out at the rate specified below :

1 6 mm x 0.22 Kg / Rmt. 8 20mm x 2.47 Kg / Rmt.

2 8 mm x 0.39 Kg / Rmt. 9 22mm x 2.98 Kg / Rmt.
3 10 mm x 0.62 Kg / Rmt. 10 25mm x 3.85 Kg / Rmt.
4 12 mm x 0.89 Kg / Rmt. 11 28mm x 4.83 Kg / Rmt.
5 14mm x 1.21 Kg / Rmt. 12 32mm x 6.31 Kg / Rmt.
6 16 mm x 1.58 Kg / Rmt. 13 36mm x 7.99 Kg / Rmt.
7 18 mm x 3.00 Kg / Rmt. 14 40mm x 9.86 Kg / Rmt.

Providing 15 mm. thick cement plaster in single coat in C. M. (1:3) on fair side
brick / concrete wall for interior plastering of floor two level including finishing the
surfaces with smooth cement finishing, necessary drip moulding, scaffolding,
curing with three coats of the white wash or colour wash as directed by E. I. C.

85
1.0 Materials
1.1 Water M-1. The cement mortar of proportion 1:3 shall conform to M-13.
2.0 Workmanship
2.1 Scaffolding : Wooden ballies, bamboos, planks, trestles and other scaffolding
shall be sound. These shall be properly examined before erection and use. Stage
scaffolding shall be provided for ceiling plaster which shall be independent of the walls.
2.2 Preparation of back ground :
2.2.1 The surface shall be cleaned of all dust, loose mortar droppings, traces, of algae,
efflorescence and other foreign matter by water or by brushing. Smooth surface shall be
roughened by wire brushing if it is not hard and by racking if it is hard. In case of
concrete surface, if a chemical retardant has been applied to the hard and by racking if it
is hard. In case of concrete surface, if a chemical retardant has been applied to the form
work, the surface shall be roughened by wire brushing and all the resulting dust and
loose particles cleaned off and care shall be taken that none of the retardant is left on the
surface. Trimming of projections on brick / concrete surface where necessary shall be
carried out to get an even surface.
2.2.2 Raking of joints in case of masonry where necessary shall be allowed to dry out
for sufficient period before carrying out the plaster work.
2.2.3 The work shall not be soaked but only damped evenly before applying the
plaster. If the surface becomes dry such area shall be moistened again.
2.2.4 For external plaster, the plastering operation shall be started from top floor and
carried downwards. For internal plaster, the plastering operations may be started
wherever the building frame and cladding work are ready and the temporary supporting
ceiling resting on the wall of the floor have been removed. Ceiling plaster shall be
completed before starting plaster to walls.
2.3 Applications of plaster :
2.3.1 The plaster about 15 x 15 cms. shall be first applied horizontally and vertically at
not more than 2 metre intervals over the entire surface to serve as gauge. The surfaces
of these gauges shall be truly in plane of the finished plastered surface. The mortar shall
then be applied in uniform surface slightly more than the specified thickness, then
brought to a true surface by working a wooden straight edge reaching across the gauges
with small upward and sideways movement at a time. Finally, the surface shall be
finished off true with a trowel or wooden float according as a smooth or a sandy granular
texture is required. Excessive trowelling or overworking the float according as a smooth
or a sandy granular texture is required. Excessive trowelling or overworking the float
shall be avoided. All corners, arises, angles and junctions be truly vertical or horizontal
as the case may be and shall be carefully finished. Rounding or chamfering corners,
arises, junctions etc. shall be carried out with proper templates to the size required.
2.3.2 Cement plaster shall be used within half an hour after addition of water. Any
mortar or plaster which is partially set shall be rejected and removed forthwith from the
site.
2.3.3 In suspending the work at the end of the day, the plaster shall be left out clean to
the line both horizontally and vertically. When recommencing the plaster, the edges of
the old work shall be scraped clean and wetted with cement putty before plaster is
applied to the adjacent areas to enable the two to properly join together. Plastering work
shall be closed at the end of the day on the body of the wall and nearer than 15cms to
any corners or arises. Horizontal joints in plaster work shall not also occur on parapet
tops and copings as these invariably lead to leakage. No portion of the surface shall be
left out initially to be packed up later on.
2.3.4 Each coat shall be kept damp continuously till the next coat is applied or for a
minimum period of 7 days. Moistening shall commence as soon as plaster is hardened
sufficiently. Soaking of walls shall be avoided and only as much water as can be readily
absorbed shall be used, excessive evaporation on the sunny or windward side of
building in hot air or dry weather shall be prevented by hanging matting or gunny bags
on the outside of the plaster and keeping them wet.

86
3.0 Mode of measurement & payment :
3.1 The rate shall include the cost of all materials, labour and scaffolding etc.
involved in the operations described under workmanship.
3.2 All plastering shall be measured in square metres unless, otherwise specified.
Length, breadth or height shall be measured correct to a centimeter.
3.3 Thickness of the plaster shall be exclusive of the thickness of the key i.e. grooves
or open joints in brick work, stone work etc. or space between laths. Thickness of
plaster shall be average thickness with minimum 10mm at any point on this surface.
3.4 This item includes plastering up to floor two level.
3.5 The measurement of wall plastering shall be taken between the walls or partition
(dimensions before plastering being taken) for length and from the top of floor or skirting
to ceiling for height. Depth of cover of cornices if any shall be deducted.
3.6 Soffits of stairs shall be measured as plastering on ceilings. Flowing soffits shall
be measured separately.
3.7 For jambs, soffits, sills, etc. for openings not exceeding 0.5 Sq. Mt. each in area
for ends of joists, beams, posts, girders, etc. not exceeding 0.5 Sq. Mt. each in area and
for openings exceeding 0.5 Sq. Mt. and not exceeding 3.00 Sq. Mt. in each area
deductions and additions shall be made in the following manner :
(a) No deduction shall be made for ends of joints, beams, posts, etc. and openings not
exceeding 0.5 Sq. Mt. each and no addition shall be made for reveals jambs, soffits, sills
etc. of these opening for finish to plaster around ends of joints, beams, posts etc.
(b) Deduction for openings exceeding 0.5 sq.mt. but not exceeding 3 sq.mt. each
shall be made as follows and no addition shall be made for reveals, jambs, soffits, sills
etc. of these openings.
(i) When both faces of all wall are plastered with same plaster, deduction shall be
made for one face only.
(ii) When two faces of wall are plastered with different types of plasters or if one face
is plastered and the other pointed, deductions shall be made from the plaster or pointing
on the side of frame for door, window etc. on which width of reveals is less than that on
the other side but no deductions shall be made on the other side. Where with of reveals
on both faces of all equal, deductions of 50 % of area of opening on each face shall be
made from area of plaster and / or pointing as the case may be.
3.8 For opening having door frames equal to projecting beyond the thickness of wall,
full deduction for opening shall be made from each plastered face of the wall.
3.9 In case of openings of area above 3 sq.mt. each, deduction shall be made for
opening but jambs, soffits & sills shall be measured.
3.10 The rate shall be for unit of one sq.mtr.

Providing 20 mm thick smooth cement plaster finished in two coats, first base coat
of 12 mm thick in C. M. (1:3) and second coat of 8 mm thick in C. M. (1:2) including
providing drip moulding, making grooves in plaster, curing, scaffolding etc.,
completed as directed by
E. I. C.

1.0. Materials
1.1. Water shall conform to M-1. Cement mortar shall conform to M-11.
2.0. Workmanship
2.1. The work shall be carried out in the coats. The backing coat (base coat) shall be 12
mm. thick in C.M.
1:3. The relevant specifications of item No. 14 shall be followed except that the thickness
of back coat shall be 12 mm. average. Before the first coat hardens its surface shall be
beaten up by edges of wooden tappers and close dents shall be made on the surface.
The subsequent coat shall be applied after this coat has been allowed to set for 3 to 5
days, depending upon the weather conditions. The surface shall not be allowed to dry
during this period.

87
2.2. The second coat shall be completed to 8 mm. thickness in C.M. 1:1 as described
above, including raising sand facing by bushing. The sample of sand face shall be got
approved before the work is started. The whole work shall be carried out uniformly as
per sample approved.

2.3. Curing:
The curing shall be started overnight after finishing of plaster. The plaster shall be kept
wet for a period of 7 days. During this period, it shall be protected from all damages.
3.0. Mode of measurement & payment
3.1. The relevant specifications of item No. 17.58 shall be followed except that the sand
face
plaster on outside up to 10 m. above ground level shall be measured under this item.
3.2. The rate shall be for a unit of One sq. metre.]

Providing 20 mm thick SAND FACED CEMENT PLASTER on wall up to height 10

mtrs. above ground level finished in two coats, 1st base coat of 12 mm thick in C.
M. (1:3) and 2nd coat of 8 mm. thick in C. M. (1:1) including making grooves in
plaster curing, scaffolding etc., complete as directed by E. I. C. with three coats of
water proofing cement paint on wall surface, including watering as directed by E. I.
C.

1.0. Materials
1.1. Water shall conform to M-1. Cement mortar shall conform to M-11.
2.0. Workmanship
2.1. The work shall be carried out in the coats. The backing coat (base coat) shall be 12
mm. thick in C.M. 1:3. The relevant specifications of item No. 14 shall be followed except
that the thickness of back coat shall be 12 mm. average. Before the first coat hardens its
surface shall be beaten up by edges of wooden tappers and close dents shall be made
on the surface. The subsequent coat shall be applied after this coat has been allowed to
set for 3 to 5 days, depending upon the weather conditions. The surface shall not be
allowed to dry during this period.
2.2. The second coat shall be completed to 8 mm. thickness in C.M. 1:1 as described
above, including raising sand facing by bushing. The sample of sand face shall be got
approved before the work is started. The whole work shall be carried out uniformly as
per sample approved.
2.3. Curing:
The curing shall be started overnight after finishing of plaster. The plaster shall be kept
wet for a period of 7 days. During this period, it shall be protected from all damages.
3.0. Mode of measurement & payment
3.1. The relevant specifications of item No. 17.58 shall be followed except that the sand
face plaster on outside up to 10 m. above ground level shall be measured under this
item.
3.2. The rate shall be for a unit of One sq. metre.]

Providing 100 mm quarter round water proofing cement vatah in C. M. (1:1) at

junction of walls & slab in parapets, weather sheds, cantilevers including finishing
the top with smooth cement finishing using water proofing compound, curing
scaffolding etc., complete as directed by E. I. C.

1.0. Materials
1.1. Water shall conform to M-1. Cement mortar shall conform to M-11.
2.0. Workmanship
2.1. The work of cement vata of 10 cms. x 10 cms. size shall be earned out at junctions
of parapets and terraces as directed. The vata shall be finished in quarter round shape.
The work shall be earned out in the best workman like manner. The inner portion of rain

88
water pipe shall be rounded off properly during constructing the vata. The work shall be
cured for 7 days.
3.0. Mode of measurements and payment
3.1. The work shall be measured for finished item in running metre.
3.2. The rate shall be for a One running metre.

Providing & applying 3 coats of oil bound distemper and with one coat of primer of
approved shade & make including scaffolding touching with putty, smoothening
the surfaces etc., completed as directed by E. I. C.
1.0. Materials
1.1. Oil bound washable distemper and primer shall be of approved brand and
manufacture. The distemper shall be of required colour and shade and the same shall
conform to I.S. : 428- 1969.
2.0. Workmanship
2.1. Scaffolding
Where scaffolding is required, it shall be erected in such a way that as far as possible no
part of scaffolding shall rest against the surface to be distempered. A properly secured
and well tied suspended platform (Joola) may be used for distempering. Where ladders
are used, pieces of old gunny bags" shall be tied at top and bottom to prevent scratches
to the walls and floors. For distempering to ceiling, proper stage scaffolding shall be
erected where necessary.
2.2. Preparation of surface :
2.2.1. The undecorated surface to be distempered shall be thoroughly brushed from
dust, dirt, grease, mortar dropping and other foreign matter and sand papered smooth.
New plaster surface shall be allowed to dry for at least 2 months before applications of
distemper.
2.2.2. All unnecessary nails shall be removed. Pitting in plaster shall be made good with
plaster again with a fine grade sand paper and made smooth. A coat of distemper shall
be applied over the patches. The surface shall be allowed to dry thoroughly before the
regular coat of distemper is allowed. The surface affected ay moulds, moss, fungi, algae
lichens, efflorescence etc. shall be treated in accordance with I.S; 2395 (Part01) 1966.
Before applying distempering, any unevenness shall be made good by applying putty
made of plaster of pairs mixed with water on entire surface including filling up the
undulation and then sand papering the same after it is dry.
2.3. Priming coat :
2.3.1. A priming coat of distemper primer of approved manufacture and shade shall be
applied over the papered surface in case of new work on undecorated surface. If the
distemper priming is done after the wail completely, the distemper primer shall be
applied.
2.3.2. Application of primer shall be done as under : The primer shall be applied with a
brush on the clean dry and smooth surface. Horizontal strokes shall be given first and
vertical strokes shall be applied immediately afterwards. This entire operation will
constitute on coat. The surface shall be finished as uniformly as possible leaving no
brush marks. It shall be allowed to dry for at least 48 hours before oil bound distemper or
paint is applied.
2.3.3. Oil bound distemper is not recommended to be applied within six months of the
completion of wall plaster.
2.4. Preparation of oil bound distemper :
2.4.1. The distemper shall be diluted with water or any other prescribed thinner in a
manner recommended by the manufacturer only. Sufficient quantity of distemper
required for a days work shall be prepared.
2.5. Application of Distemper coat :
2.5.1. For undecorated surfaces, after the primer coat is dried for at least 48 hours, the
surface shall be lightly sand papered to make it smooth for receiving the distemper,
taking care not to rub but priming coat. All loose particles shall be dusted of after

89
rubbing. Minimum tow coats of distemper shall be applied with brushes in horizontal
strokes followed immediately by vertical strokes which together shall constitute one coat.
The subsequent coats shall be applied after a time interval of at least 24 hours between
consecutive coats to permit proper drying of the proceeding coat. The finished surface
shall be even and inform without patches, brush marks, distemper drops etc.
2.5.2. Sufficient quantity of distemper shall be mixed to finish one room at a time. The
application of a coat in each room shall be finished in one operation and no work shall be
striated in any room which cannot be completed on the same day.
2.5.3. 15 cm. double bristled distemper brush shall be used. After day's work brushes
shall be thoroughly washed in hot water with soap solution and hung down to dry. Old
brushes which are dirty and caked with distemper shall not be used on the work.
2.6. Protective measurements : The surfaces of doors, windows, floors, articles of
furniture etc. and such other parts of the buildings as are not to be distempered shall be
protected form being splashed upon. Such surface's shall be cleaned of distemper
splashes if any.
3.0. Mode of measurements and payment
3.1. Priming coat of distemper primer, scraping of surface spoiled by trunk soots,
removal of oil and grease spots, treatment for infraction of effloresces., mould. moss,
fungi, algae and lichen and patch repairs to plaster shall be included in this item for
which nothing extra shall be paid.
3.2. All the work shall be measured net in the decimal system as in place subject to the
following limits unless otherwise stated hereinafter :
(a) Dimensions shall be measured to the nearest 0.01 m.
(b) Area in individual items shall be worked out to the nearest 0.01 sq. m. All work shall
be made for ends of joints, beams, posts etc., and openings, not exceeding 0.5 sq.mt.
each and no addition shall be made for reveals, jambs, soffits, sills etc. of these
openings not for finish around ends of joints, beams, posts etc.
3.3. Deductions of opening exceeding 0.5 sq.m. but not exceeding 3 sq. m. each shall be
made as follows and net addition shall be made for reveals, jambs, soffits etc. of these
openings
(a) When both the faces of wall are provided, with same finish, deductions shall be made
for one face only.
(b) When each face of wall is provided with different finish, deduction shall be made for
that side of frame for doors, windows etc. on which width of reveals is less than that of
the other side but no deduction shall- be made on the other side. Where the width of
reveals on the both the faces of wall are equal, deduction of 50% of area of opening on
each face shall be made from area of finish.
(c) When only one face of wall is treated and the other face is not treated, full deductions
shall be made if the width of the reveal on treated side is less than that on untreated side
but if the width of the reveal is equal or more than that on untreated side neither
deductions nor additions to be made for reveals, jambs, soffits, sills etc.
3.4. In case of opening of area exceeding 3 sq. m. each deduction shall be made for
openings but jambs, sills and soffits shall be measured.
3.5. No deductions shall be made for attachments such as casings, conduits, pipes,
electric wiring and the like.
3.6. Item includes removing nails, making good holes, patches with materials similar in
composition of distemper.
3.7. The rate includes cost of all materials, labours, scaffolding, protective measures etc.
involved in all the operations described above. This shall also include conveyance,
delivery, handing, unloading, storing work etc.
The rate shall be for a unit of one sq. metre.

Providing & applying 3 coats of ACID / ALKALI resisting paint of approved shade
& make to wall, ceiling including filling putty smoothing the surfaces scaffolding
etc., complete as directed by E. I. C.

90
Acid/Alkali resisting painting of approved brand and tint be got approved before,
collecting. Surface shall be cleaned as described in item of distempering. One coat of
primer shall be applied to the surface, after same is made even with putty application.
Primer shall be of same manufacture and suitable for Acid. Alkali resisting paint. Acid &
Alkali resisting paint shall be applied in 2 to 3 coats as per item, with either brush or with
spray painting. Uniform painting on surface shall be done & got approved. manufacturers
instructions regarding use of paint be followed.

Providing & applying 2 coats of APEX or its equivalent ACRYLIC EXTERIOR paint
on exiting plastered surface or approved makes & shade including finishing &
thinning as per manufacturer's instruction. A gap of 6 hrs. should be given
between 2 subsequent coats. The work should be carried out strictly as per
manufacturer's specifications and requirement etc., complete as directed by E. I.
C.

Specification of item no. 7 shall be followed for preparing of surface to receive the
painting work. Surface shall be applied with smoothing coat of paint, putty, before
application of paint Surface of shall be applied first coat of APOCOLITE APEX or its
equiv. ACRYLIC EXTERIOR paint after putty has dried and surface is smoothes by
applying fine sand paper. Second coat of paint shall be after first coat had dried. Surface
shall be rolled with 3 layer to get uniformity Sample of painting work shall be first
prepared and got approved before taking further work. Manufacturers instructions shall
be followed while applying the paint.

Providing & fixing steel rolling shutter 18 Gauge of approved make & made 30 mm
wide M. S. Laths interlock together through their entire length and jointed together
at the end by end locks mounted on specially designed pipe shaft with bracket
plates guide channel and arrangement for inside and outside locking with push
pull operation complete including the cost of hood cover and spring etc., complete
with both sides one coat of red oxide and three coats of oil cover painting of
approved colour & tint with drum & cover in perfect working condition etc.,
complete as directed. (THE MEASUREMENT SHALL BE PAID FOR WALL OPENING
PLUS DRUM ONLY)

Rolling shutter shall be of interlocking scroll rolled from 18 gauge, steel metal. The
scrolls are to be held in place by markable iron locks, which are riveted to alternate
latches, wind lock on slots shall be included. The bottom bar shall be of two angles back
to back. Steel guide shall be of angle-framed, screwed to the metal frame at opening.
The hood shall of 18 gauge-selected steel suitably reinforced to prevent sag. The
guaranteed deflection of shaft and hood shall be stated in the tender. This shall be set on
inside of wall; above high point of opening, as shown on drawing. Rolling shutter shall be
manually operated and for big shutter, if chain pulley arrangement of electrically
operated is specified; the same shall be designed and installed by contractor. The rolling
shutter shall be applied one coat of red oxide as shop coat and 2 coats of aluminum
paint after erection. Contractor shall give satisfactory operation of shutter trial and has to
maintain the shutter during guarantee period.
Pull & push operations shall be constructed with curve slab from steel metal of 18 gauge
with dimension 65mm between centers inter lock and bridge depth of 16mm. These
curve slab shall slide into one another, fitted with alternatively inter lock. They shall coil
at the head of the opening with the weight of shutter at all positions, tempered steel.
Shutter when coiled up, shall be housed in a box of 18 gauge steel metal. They shall be
opened from outside and locking arrangement shall be provided at the bottom of the
shutter on both ends.

91
The rate quoted shall be inclusive of complete supply of shutter with hood, drives etc.,
scaffolding, fixing in position, painting, labour, tools, equipments, pull & push
arrangements.
Measurement shall be taken for clear area plus drum area provided on top and paid as
per unit rate quoted for item.

Providing and fixing aluminium anodised sliding windows having standard section
using extruded section fabricated by standard. Manufacturers with 15/20 Microns
silver colour anodising as per drawing windows shall be of 4 mm thick. Triveni
'HB4' plain glass glazing rubber gasket and necessary hardware, handles cum
locking arrangement etc. complete unit shall be fabricated from aluminum section
conforming to HE9WP designated to IS - 1285 / 1980 for its chemical and
mechanical properties. Anodised shall be conforming to IS - 1868 / 1968. All joints
shall be mechanically joint having secured with specially design M. S. Zink plated
heat arrangement. The frame section shall be 61.85 mm. X 31.75 mm. weighing
0.695 Kg per mtr. Minimum of section no 8687 Jindal Aluminium Ltd. make or its
equivalent and section for shutter shall be of 50 mm X 20 mm size weighing 0.571
Kg per mtr. minimum of section no. 8305 of Jindal Aluminium Ltd. make or its
equivalent. No welding process shall be allowed in the unit.

The aluminium section to be utilized shall confirm to IS 1285/1980 and IS

1869/1968 for the material grade and anodizing respectively. The frame section
shall be 61.85mm x31.75mm weighing 0.695kg per mtr. Minimum of section no
8687 Jindal Aluminum Ltd make or its equivalent and section for shutter shall be
of 50 mm x 20 mm size weighing o.571kg per Mtr. minimum of section No 8305
of Jindal aluminium Ltd make or its equivalent. Necessary additional / special
sections shall be used to facilitate locking arrangement, handle stay if necessary.
As directed by EIC. Payment shall be made on Smt. Basis. No additional
payment shall be made for fixture or addition /special section.

ITEM : -- DO --- as above, but for ventilator.

The material grade and anodizing shall confirm to IS mentioned in Item No 57.
The frame section size shall be 50mm x 25mm and the section shall be 1.5 mm.
The ventilation shall be adjustable louvered type with glass fins of 125mm size.
The description of item 57 is confirming this item in terms of material only.

Supply & Fixing to doors & windows, ventilator, cup-boards following fixtures &
fastenings of approved quality with wooden or metal screws, nuts & bolts as
directed or as per the drawing & specifications etc., complete as directed by E. I.
C.

Supplying & fixing to doors, windows, ventilators, cupboards fixtures & fastenings of
approved quality with wooden or metal screws, nuts & bolts as directed or as per
drawings.
Oxidized iron
Sample of oxidized iron fixtures proposed to the used shall be got approved and
approved sample shall be displayed on Board, of work site for comparison. Aldrop shall
be with plate handle covering the rod and riveted. All fixtures shall confirm to relevant IS
Standards.
All G. I., Iron, C. P. brass, C. P. & aluminum fixtures shall be got approved and approved
sample kept on site. Only approved brand and quality fixtures shall be used in the work.
Ten-takora khataka lock with latch of approved quality & make shall be provided & fixed.

92
All the fixtures & fastenings are to be fixed with required size & no, of nuts & bolts,
screws etc. All Aldrop shall be with nuts & bolts arrangements for fixing.
Rate quote for fixtures and fastenings are inclusive of supplying & fixing with nuts, bolts
etc., screws of approved quality, make, brand and size.

Providing & fixing M. S. Grill of approved quality & design weighing 25 to 30 KG /

SMt. as per drawing & as directed with necessary grill door (IF REQUIRED)
including welding or bolted fixtures and fastening, M. S. Flat hold fasts, 300 mm.
long 16 mm. dia. Aldrop & 300 mm. long tower bolt necessary handles etc., with 3
coats of oil painting of approved shade & tint with one coat of red oxide primer
including grouted hold fast in C. C. (1:2:4) etc., complete as directed by E. I. C.

General specification of fabrication shall be applicable. Grill shall be prepared of

approved design supplied by Board. Fabricated grill shall be in one plane, line & level
with all members. If any members, is found destroyed, it shall have to be changed. All
fixtures & fastenings shall be bolted unless otherwise instructed welded. Tower bolt,
aldrop etc shall be of approved quality. Bolts, nuts shall be “GKW” brand or its equivalent
confirming to I.S. standard. All structure shall be given one coat of red oxide primer and
3 coats of oil painting. Holdfast shall be grouted in c. c. 1:2:4.
Rate quoted shall be inclusive of erection at site. Actual weight arrived at with standard
sectional wt. of members, shall be paid. No. payment shall be made for weight due to
welding.

Providing fabricating & erecting in position M. S. Angle, channels girders etc., for
purlins rafters, columns etc., including welding the section as per instruction &
drawing making holes & 3 coats of oil painting of approved shade & make etc.
complete. (ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE BROUGHT BY THE CONTRACTOR)

General specification of fabrication shall be applicable. Cutting schedule of the various

members shall be prepared as per drawing and got approved.
The rate quoted shall be for supplying steel, confirming I. S. Standards, fabricating
erecting and painting the structure.
Payment will be made by computing the weight of various structural section on the basis
of standard weight as per I. S. and weight of bolts and nuts if provided. No Payment shall
be considered for the weight due to riveting or welding.

Providing & laying 40 mm. thick I. P. S. Flooring in C. C. (1:2:4) including finishing

the floor with smooth cement slurry, marking diagonal lines, curing etc., complete
as directed by E. I. C.

1.0 Materials
Water shall conform to M-1. Cement shall conform to M-3. Sand shall conform to M-6.
Stone aggregate 20mm nominal size shall conform to M-12.
Cement concrete 1:2:4 proportion measured by volume shall conform to relevant
specification or ordinary grade 1:2:4 concrete.
2.0 Workmanship
2.1 The cement concrete flooring of 40 mm thick (average) is to be laid as per the
site condition. The concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer at the work. Hand
mixed however, may be allowed for smaller quantities of the work and in case of failure
of machines or as permitted by the Engineer – in – Charge. It shall be carried out on a
water tight platform and care shall be taken to ensure that mixing is continued until the
mass is uniform in colour and consistency. However, in such cases 10 % more cement
than otherwise required shall have to be used without any extra cost. The mechanical
mixing shall be done for period of ½ to 2 minutes. The quantity of the water shall be just
sufficient to produce a dense concrete of required workability. The flooring of specified

93
thickness shall be laid in accordance with the approved pattern or as directed. Finishing
operation shall start shortly after the cessation of beating and shall be spread over a
period of one to six hours depending upon the temperature and atmospheric condition.
The surface shall be left for some time till moisture disappears from it. Fresh quantity of
cement shall be mixed with water to form a thick slurry to spread over the surface while
the concrete is still green. Use of dry cement or cement and sand mixture sprinkled on
this surface to stiffen the concrete or absorb excessive moisture shall not be permitted.
The cement slurry shall then be properly pressed twice by means of iron floats, once
when the slurry is applied and the second time when cement starts setting and finished
smooth. The surface shall be marked with string or BRC fabric jail to make the surface
non-slippery as and when directed. The junction of the floors with wall plaster, dado or
skirting shall be rounded off where so required up to 25 mm radius. Flooring in
lavatories and bathrooms shall be laid after fixing of water closet and squatting pans and
floor traps which shall be plugged while laying the floors and opened after the floors are
completed. Any damage done water supply or sanitary fittings during the execution of
the work shall be made good.
2.2 After the final set, the concrete shall be kept continuously wet, if required by
ponding for a period of not less than 7 days from the date of placement.
2.3 The form work shall be provided, if necessary as directed by the Engineer – in –
Charge. Concreting shall be done as per alternate bay method with necessary centering
either by mastic or cement mortars as directed.
3.0 Mode of measurement and payment
3.1 The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the
operations described above. No deduction shall be made or extra paid for any opening
up to 0.1 Sq. Mt. In area in the floor, nothing extra shall be paid for laying the floor at
different level in the same room or the courtyard.
3.2 The rate shall be for unit of one square metre.

Providing & laying 25 mm. thick POLISHED KOTAH STONE HAND DRESSED on all
sides of approved quality of 600 mm X 450 mm size in floor & dado in (1:1.5) lime
mortar bedding & setting the stone in cement slurry filling the joints with cement,
curing, machine polishing etc., complete as directed. (CONCRETE BEDDING
SHALL BE PAID SEPERATELY). This item includes providing and fixing of marble
patti of 600 X 25 X 25 mm thick size between the joints of the Kotah Stone flooring
in line and level as per the instruction of the EIC.

1.0. Materials
1.1. Water shall conform to M-1. Lime mortar shall conform to M-10. Cement mortar shall
conform to M-11. Polished kota stone shall conform to M-49.
2.0. Workmanship
2.1. Each slab shall be cut to the required size and shape and fine chisel dressed at all
the edges. The sides trust dressed shall have a full contract if a straight edge is laid
along. The sides shall be table rubbed with coarse sand before paving. All angles and
edges of the slabs shall be true square and free from chippings and giving a plane
surface. The thickness shall be 25 mm. (Average) as specified in the item but not less
than 20 mm. at any place of the slab.
2.2. Bedding for the Kota stone slabs shall be of cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse
sand) or .M. 1:1.5. of average thickness 20 mm. given in the description of the item. Sub
grade shall be cleaned, wetted and mopped. Mortar of the specified mix and thickness
shall then be spread on an area sufficient to receive one kota stone slab. The slab shall
be washed clean before laying. It shall be laid on top, pressed, tapped gently to bring it in
level with the other slabs. If shall then be lifted and laid aside. Top surface of the mortar
shall then be corrected by adding fresh mortar at hollows or depressions. The mortar
shall then be allowed to harden bit. Over this surface, cement slurry of honey-like
consistency shall be applied. The slab shall then be gently placed in position and tapped

94
with wooden mallet till it is properly padded in level with and close to the adjoining slab.
The joint shall be as fine as possible. The slabs fixed in the floor adjoining, the walls shall
enter not less than 10 mm. under the plaster, skirting or dado. The junction between the
wall and door shall be finished neatly. The finished surface shall be true to levels and
slopes as directed.
2.3 The floor shall be kept wet for a minimum period of 7 days so that bedding and joints
set properly.
2.4 Polishing shall be normally commenced after 14 days of laying the stone slab. First
polishing shall be done with carborundum stones of 120 grade grit fitted in the heavy
machine and then second polishing shall be done with carborundum stone of 220 to 350
grade grit fitted in heavy machine. Water shall be properly used during polishing. The
stone shall then be washed clean with water. When directed by the Engineer-in-charge,
wax polish of approved quality shall be applied on the surface with the help of soft cloth
over a clean and dry surface. Then the polishing machine fitted with bobs shall be run
over it.
2.5. The holes required for Nahni traps, pipes and any other fittings shall be made
without
any extra cost.
3.0. Mode of Measurement & payment
3.1. The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the
operations described above. The kota stone flooring shall be measured in square metres
correct to two places decimal, length and breadth shall be measured correct to a
centimeter and between the finished face of skirting dado or wall plaster and no
deduction shall be made nor extra paid for any opening in floor of areas up to 0.1 sq. mt.
3.2. The rate shall be for a unit of one sq. metre.

ITEM : --- DO --- as above item No. but for 1600 mm X 350 mm wide for steps, riser,
dado, pillar laid on 10 mm thick C. M. (1:3) etc., complete etc., complete.
1.0. Materials
1.1. Water shall conform to M-1. Lime mortar shall conform to M-10. Cement mortar
shall conform to M-11. Polished kota stone shall conform to M-49.
2.0. Workmanship
2.1 The relevant specification of item no. 28 shall be followed except that the Kotah
stone shall be fixed for riser of steps, dado or skirting in cement mortar 1:3 and shall be
done manually instead of machine polishing.
3.0. Mode of Measurement & payment
3.1 The riser of steps, skirting or dado shall be measured in sq. meter. Length shall
be measured along the finished faces of the riser, skirting or dado. Height shall be
measured from finished level of treads or floor to top. Lining of the pillars shall be
measured under this item.
3.2. The rate shall be for a unit of one sq. metre.

Providing & fixing white / coloured glazed tiles of Spartek / Kajaria / Nittco /
JOHNSON or its equivalent make in flooring, skirting & dado including fixing the
same in cement mortar bedding (1:2) & 12 mm. thick back coating of cement
plaster in C. M. (1:3) for base, filling the joints with white / colour cement neatly.

1.0. Materials
Water shall conform to M-1. Cement mortar shall conform to M-11. White / coloured
glazed tiles shall conform to M-55
2.0. Workmanship
2.1. Preparation of Surface:
In case of brick masonry wall, the joints shall be raked out to a depth of least 15 mm.
while the masonry is being laid. In case of concrete wall the surface shall be chiselled

95
and roughed with wire brushes. The surface shall be cleaned and wetted thoroughly
before commencing the laying work.
2.2. Laying :
2.2.1. The wall surface shall be covered with 10 mm. thick plaster of cement mortar 1:3
mix and allowed to harden. The plaster shall be roughened with wire brushes both way.
The back of tiles shall be floated with grey cement slurry set and edges with white
cement slurry in bedding mortar. The tiles shall be gently tapped in position on after the
other keeping the joints as thin as possible. Top of skirting or dado shall be truly
horizontal and the joints vertical or as per required pattern.
2.2.2. Risers of steps, skirting and dado shall rest on top of treads or flooring. Where full
size tiles can not be fixed, They shall be cut to the required size and the edges be
smoothened,
2.2.3. The joints shall be cleaned and flush pointed with white cement. The surface shall
be kept wet for seven days. After curing the surface shall be washed clean.
3.0. Mode of measurements and payment
3.1. The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour required for various
operations described above. Risers of steps, skirting and dado shall be measured in
square metres. Length and height shall be measured along the finished face of the
skirting or dado including curves, where special such as covers, internal and external
angles, etc., used. The length and height shall be measured correct to the centimeter
except in case of risers and skirting where height shall be measured correct to 3 mm.
The rate shall be for a unit of one sq. metre.

Providing, supplying, fabricating & erecting chain link fencing panel of size 2400 X
2000 mm. made from 75 X 75 mm & 10 Gauge G. I. Chain links & 50 X 50 X 6 mm.
angle including fixing the chain link in angle frame by means of 40 X 3 mm. M. S.
Flat welded to angle frame drilling to holes in angle frame & flat with hot deep
galvanizing as per IS-2633 / 72 and 209 of 1966 or latest amendment including
making necessary arrangement of gate 0.75 X 2.0 in it with locking arrangement
and fixing the same with angle post in line level & plumb by means of 10 mm. dia.
bolts frame & flat & nuts, etc., complete as per drawing & as directed by E. I. C.
(ALL THESE MATERIALS LIKE M. S. FLAT, CHAINLINK FENCING, M. S. ANGLES,
BOLTS, NUTS, WILL HAVE TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR)

Necessary M.S. Angle M.S. Flat, chain link jali, bolts, nuts and washers shall be
procured by contractor. Fabrication work shall be carried out as per general
specifications of fabrication work. Chain link fencing panels shall be prepared as
described in the item. All corners shall be at right angle and fame in one plane. One
frame shall be prepared & got approved. Chain link shall be got approved before
collecting. It shall be properly galvanized.
Frame work shall be hot dip galvanized as per IS 2633 /72 and 209 of 1966 or latest
amendment and as directed. Fabrication work shall be as per drawing and as directed
on site.
Payment shall be made on number of panels prepared and erection of the same as
above and rate shall be inclusive of all labour, materials tools, plant, painting etc.,
required fabricated and painted panels for erection. Surplus panel if any is to be credited
to store or stack at place shown, shall be done without any extra cost.

Providing, supplying, fabricating & fixing 50 X 50 X 6 mm. M. S. Angle for vertical

support 2.75 Mt. long including providing & 50 X 6 mm. M. S. Flat / Pieces, 150 mm.
long welded at top & bottom of support with 18 mm. dia. slotted holes in flats, as
directed by E. I. C. with hot dip galvanizing as per IS-2633 / 72 and 209 of 1966 or
latest amendment & grouting the same in pillar in line & level etc., complete. (THE
ITEM RATE INCLUDES COST OF SUPPLY OF MATERIALS, FABRICATION &
ERECTION AT SITE).

96
M.S. Angle 50 x 50 6mm shall be fabricated as per detailed drawing supplied and as
described in the item. General specification of fabrication shall be followed. Necessary
holes for providing barbed wire on top shall be provided. Angle shall be fabricated as per
drawing. Angle shall be erected in line & level at the center to center distance given on
the drawing or as directed at site. Angle shall be welded with holdfasts, anchor at bottom
to have fixing with concrete work done at base. MS flats / pieces 150mm long shall be
welded at top & bottom on two sides as shown in the drawing with 18mm dia slotted
holes to receive the bolts required for fixing chain link fencing panel.
Frame work shall be hot dip galvanized as per IS 2633 /72 and 209 of 1966 or latest
amendment and as directed. Fabrication work shall be as per drawing and as directed
on site.
Rate quoted shall be for supply and fabrication of M.S. Angle 50 x 50 x6mm with M.S.
flat 5- x6mm necessary bolts, nuts, washers, cutting bending, welding, erection in line &
level & plumb, got dip galvanizing, etc. complete. Payment shall be made on number
basis.

Providing water proofing treatment in Terrace of different levels preparing roof

surface for laying brick bat on cement mortar (1:4) with special water proofing
composed in necessary gradient for easy flow of rain water, brick bat coba is
finally covered by join less cement plaster in cement mortar (1:3) added with
special water proofing compound and top smooth finished with trowel with false
chequered making of 3000 mm size. The treatment is carried along the vertical
surface of the parapet and other joining wall up to height of about 300 mm in a
shape of quarter round vatah. The average thickness of the water proofing
treatment is about 140 mm. Minimum thickness at rain water outlet points being 75
mm including curing etc. complete as per specification and instruction including
water proofing test for minimum 3 days etc., complete as directed by E. I. C.
Contractor should give guarantee for water proofing for 5 years. All the material
including cement should be brought by the contractor at his own cost.

The work is carried out using brick bats of assorted sizes with cement mortar 1:4 ratio
and special water proofing compound. The work is to be carried out as per good practice
and as per item description. The complete drawing of terrace area specified ridges,
valleys, gradient and its exact location shall be prepared in advance. The same shall has
to be got approved by EIC. The work is to be carried out so as to facilitate complete
draining of rain water. Necessary basins shall be constructed at the mouth of spout or
rain water pipes.

The contractor shall have to give the pond test by filling 8” depth of water on the treated
surface by blocking the spout for 7 days.

“For Water ProofingTreatment:-

The contractor shall submit performance guarantee of the waterproofing item at
the rate of 20% of cost of item of work order in the form of FDR of Schedule Bank
/ Nationalised Bank in favour of GETCO (A/c Agency) for a period of 5 years from
actual date of completion of work on non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate
value in approved format of GETCO. In the event of unsatisfactory performance
of waterproofing work, the agency shall carry out necessary remedial/rectification
works that may be necessary in the opinion of GETCO at no extra cost, failing
which FDR shall be encashed by GETCO. The FDR shall be released only after
satisfactory completion of performance period of 5 years.”
Providing & Laying approved best quality of MEDIUM GRADE Asian / Surya /
Swastik / Ambica make G. I. Water pipe including necessary excavation up to 750

97
mm. depth refilling trenches under ground or on walls inside grooves made in the
masonry or concrete including with all necessary fittings like Elbow, Tee, Union,
Nipple, Plug etc., giving water tight test etc., complete.
a) 15 mm dia pipe weighing 1.21 Kg / Rmt.
b) 25 mm dia pipe weighing 2.42 Kg / Rmt.

General specifications of water supply piping shall be followed. Rate shall be quoted for
the diameter specified with all specials required for completing pipe work as per drawing
or as directed.

1.0. Materials
1.1. Galvanized mild steel tubes of specified dia nominal bore shall conform to I.S. 1239-
1968.
1.2. The galvanized fittings, clamps, etc. required for specified dia. bore pipes shall be of
best quality and make as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
2.0. Workmanship
2.1. Cutting, Laying & Jointing
2.1.1. When the tubes are to be cut or re-threaded, the ends shall be carefully filed out
so that no obstruction to bore is offered. The ends of the tubes shall then be threaded
conforming to the requirements of I.S. 554-1955 with pipe dies and taps carefully in such
a manner as will not result in slackness of joints when the two pieces are screwed
together.
2.1.2. The taps and dies shall be used only for straightening screw threads which have
becoming bent or damaged and shall not be used for turning of the threads so as to
make them slack as the latter procedure may not result in the water fight joint. The screw
threads for tube and fitting shall be protected form edge until they are fitted.
2.1.3. In jointing the tubes, the inside of the socket and the screwed end of the tubes
shall be oiled and smeared with white or red lead and wrapping around with a few turns
of fine spun yarn round the screwed end of the tube. The end shall then be tightly
screwed in the socket, tees, etc. with a pipe wrench. Care shall be taken that all times
free from dust, and dirt during fixing. Burr from the joints shall be removed after
screwing. After laying the open ends of the pipes shall be temperately plugged to prevent
access of water, soil, or any other foreign matter.
2.1.4. Any threads exposed after jointing shall be painted or in the case of underground
piping thickly coated with, approved anti-corrosive paint to prevent corrosion.
2.1.5 When the tubes are required to buried in the ground the specification of item no. 1
shall be applicable. All the buried pipes shall be applied three coats of anti – corrosive
paint. When the paint has completely dried, the pipes shall be additionally protected by
enclosing them in PVC jacket.
2.2. Fixing of tube fittings to wall ceiling & floors.
2.2.1.In case of fixing of tubes and fittings to, the walls or ceilings, these shall run on the
surface of the wall, or ceiling (not in chase) unless otherwise specified. The fixing shall
be done by means of standard pattern, holder clamps keeping the pipes about 15 mm.
clear of the wall. When it is found necessary to pattern, holder clamps keeping the pipes
about 15 mm. clear of the wall. When it is found necessary to conceal the pipes and
when specified so, chasing may be adopted or pipe fixed inducts or recesses etc.
provided that there is sufficient space to work on the pipe with usual tools. The pipe shall
not ordinarily be buried in walls or solid floors, where unavoidable, pipe may be buried
for short distances provided that adequate protection is given against damage and where
so required joints are not buried. Where required M.S. tube sleeve shall be fixed at a
place a pipe is passed through a wall or floor for expansion and contraction and other
movements. In case the pipe is embedded in walls or floors, it should be painted with
anti-corrosive bitumastic paint of approved quality. The pipe should not come in contact
with lime mortar or lime concrete as the pipe is affected by lime. Under the floors, the
pipe shall be laid in layer of sand filling.

98
2.2.2.All pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical and horizontal unless unavoidable.
The pipes shall be fixed to walls with standard pattern clamps of required size and
shape, one end of which shall be properly plugged or cemented into walls with cement
mortar-1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) and the other tightened round the pipes to hold it
securely. These clamps shall be spaced at regular intervals in straight lengths at 2 M
C/C interval in horizontal run and 2.5 m. interval in vertical run. For pipe of 15 mm. dia.
up to 25 mm. dia the holes in the walls and floors shall be made by drilling with chisel or
jumper and not by dismantling the brick work or concrete. However for bigger diameter
pipes the holes shall be carefully made cement : 3 coarse sand) and properly finished to
match the adjacent surface. .
2.3. Testing of joints :
2.3.1. After laying and jointing, the pipes and fittings shall be inspected under working
conditions of pressure and flow. Any joints found leaking shall be redone, and all leaking
pipes removed and replaced without extra cost.
2.3.2. The pipes and fittings after they are laid shall be tested to hydraulic pressure of 6
Kg/sq. cm. The pipe shall be slowly and carefully charged with water allowing all air to
escape and avoiding all shock and water hammer. The draw off takes and stop cock
shall then be closed and specified hydraulic pressure shall be applied gradually. The
pressure gauge must be accurate. The pipes and fittings shall be tested in sections as
the work laying proceeds, keeping the joints exposed for inspection during the testing.
3.0. Mode of measurements and payment
3.1. The description of each item shall, unless otherwise stated, be held to include where
necessary, conveyance, and delivery, handling, unloading, storing, fabrication, hoisting,
all labour for finishing to required shape and size, setting, fitting in position straight,
cutting and waste, return of packing etc.
3.2. The length shall be measured on running metre basis of finished work. The length
shall be. taken along the centre line of the pipe and fittings. The pipes fixed to wall,
ceiling, floors etc. shall be measured and paid under this item.
3.3. All the work shall be measured in decimal system as fixed in its place, subject to
tolerance given below unless otherwise stated.
(i) Dimension shall be measured to the nearest 0.01 metre. (ii) Area shall be worked out
to the nearest 0.01 sq. metre.
3.4. Ail measurements of cutting shall unless otherwise stated by held to include the
consequent waste.
3.5. In case of fitting of unequal bore, the targets bore shall be measured for the test.
3.6. Testing of pipe lines, fittings, and joints include for providing all plant appliances
necessary for obtaining access to the work to be tested an carrying out the tests.
3.7. The rate includes galvanized steel tubing with screwed socket joints, together with
all fittings (such as bends, sockets springs, elbows, test, crosses, short pieces, clamps
arid plugs unions etc.) and fixing complete with clamping wall hooks, wooden plug etc.
and also cutting, screwing and waste and for making forged (or hand made) bends on
piping as required. Connector shall be inserted, where required or directed. The rate also
includes cutting through walls, floors etc. and their making good and painting exposed
threads with anti-corrosive paint as above, excavation wherever required, PVC jacket for
protection of buried pipes and testing. Where tubes are to be fixed to wall, ceiling and
flooring, the rate shall not include painting of pipes, providing sleeves and sand filling
under floor for which separate payment shall be made. The rate shall be for a unit of one
running metre.

Providing & Fixing approved best quality I. S. S. approved full way G.M. Wheel
valve.
a) 15 mm. dia. Valve
b) 25 mm. dia. Valve
c) 40 mm. dia. Valve

99
1.0. Materials : The gun metal check or not return full way wheel valve or specified dial,
shall conform to I.S. : 778-1964. The non-return valve shall be of tested quality.
2.0. Workmanship
2.1. The gun metal check or non return valve shall be fully cleared of all foreign matter
before fixing. The fixing of shall be done by means of bolts nuts and 3 mm. rubber
insertions with flags of spigot and socketed tail pieces, drilled to the same specifications
as in case of socket and spigot flanges in case of flanged pipes. The joining shall be
done leak proof.
3.0. Mode of measurements and payment
3.1. The rate includes all labours, materials, tools and plant etc. required for satisfactory
completion of this item.
32. The rate shall be for a unit of One number.

Providing & Fixing 25 mm. dia. half turn brass C. P. Flush cock with one union of
approved quality prince or its equivalent I. S. I. approved quality including fixing
the same in pipe line as directed by E. I. C.

1.0. Materials : Chromium plated brass half turn flush cock shall conform to M-67.
2.0. Workmanship
The hall turn flush cock of specified diameter shall be fixed as directed. The flush cock
shall be fixed in G.I. pipe line With necessary fittings. The joints shall be made leak proof
by using spun yarn and white zinc. The fixing work shall be carried out as per relevant
specifications of item No. 35.
3.0. Mode of measurements and payment
3.1. The rate includes cost of all materials and lobour required for satisfactory completion
of this item including fittings.
3.2. The rate shall be for a unit of One number.

Providing & Fixing 15 mm. dia. brass C. P. Screw down bib cock of approved
quality having 250 to 300 grams weight etc., complete as directed by E. I. C.

1.0. Materials :
15 mm. dia. brass screw down with bright polished finished shall conform to I.S, 781-
1977. The bib cock shall be best Indian make and quality.
2.0. Workmanship.
2.1. The screw down bib cock 15 mm. as specified above shall be fixed as directed. The
threaded portion shall be smeared with white or red lead and around with a few turns of
fine spun yarn round the screwed end of the pipe. The bib cock shall be then screwed
and fixed to water tight position.
3.0. Mode of measurements and payment
3.1. The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tools and plant etc. required for
satisfactory completion of this item.
3.2. The rate shall be for a unit of One Number.

Providing & Fixing readymade 1000 LITRE capacity P. V. C. water tight storage
tank made from linear low density polyethylene & low density polyethylene LDPE
product confirming to I. S. : 10146 - 1982 with cover including providing & fixing
one 20 mm. dia. float valve ball-cock, one 20 mm. dia. G. I. Waste pipe with plug
one 25 mm. dia. G. I. Over flow pipe of length up to 0.30 mt. including making all
connection for inlet / outlet supply with necessary fittings for outlet / inlet etc.,
complete as directed by E. I. C.

P.V.C. Polythene readymade water tank (equivalent to Sintex make ‘Sintex’ brand and
not the ‘Reno” brand) internally white coated shall be approved make and as per I.S.
10146. Quality of tank proposed to be provided shall be got approved Technical literature

100
of tank shall be submitted for approval. Tank of capacity specified shall be installed at
places shown with 20mm dia float valve with polythene ball and brass handle and fixing
arrangements, 20mm dia G.I. “C” class waste pipe with G.I. plug, 25mm G.I. “C” class
overflow pipe with all necessary fittings of heavy type for inlet/outlet connection.
Tank shall be installed on terrace or other places shown. Rate shall be inclusive of
providing tank at place of use, installing at terrace or place shown with all fittings
specified above, and giving test with filling of water. Payment shall be made for tank
provided and installed of capacity specified in the tender, with all necessary fitting
specified above. On number basis.

Providing and fixing FINOLEX brand or equivalent rigid P. V. C. Pipe for rain water
(4.0 Kgf/cm2) including necessary fittings like bend shoe, cowl etc., & fixing the
pipes to the wall in plump by means of G. I. Clamps of 18 gauge sheet with 1 meter
distance and joining pipe with approved solution etc., complete as directed by E. I.
C.
a) 110 mm. dia. O. D., P. V. C. Pipe
1.1 The pipe material and specials like bend shoe cowl coupler etc shall confirm to grade
and quality specified in relevant IS code. The spout pipe shall be fixed at level, suitable
to drain complete rainwater. The vertical pipes shall be truly in plumb, shall be fixed to
walls by means of G.I. clamps of approved quality with G.I. studs, saddles etc. complete
leak proof test shall be given before payment is realized.
1.2 P. V. C. pipes shall be fixed on wall with wooden plugs and suitable clamps.
1.3 The pipes and sockets shall be accurately cut. The ends of the pipes and fittings
should be absolutely free from dirt and dust. The outside surface of the pipes and the
inside of the fittings shall then be roughened with emery paper, and then solvent cement
joint. Since solvent cement is aggressive to P.V.C., care must be taken to avoid
applying excessive cement to the inside of pipe sockets as any surplus cement cannot
be wiped off after jointing. Empty solvent cement tins, brushes, rags, or paper
impregnated with cement should not be buried in the trenches. They should be
gathered, not left scattered about, as they can prove to be a hazard to animals, which
may chew them.
1.4 If manufacturer recommends its own methods of jointing, the same shall be adopted
after necessary approval from the Engineer - in – Charge.
1.5 Payment shall be given in running length of the pipe irrespective of specials used.

Providing & fixing (HEAVY DUTY) C. I. Soil pipe for drainage line including
necessary fittings like bend, tee, Y bend, plug bend etc., fixed with wall by means
of clamps and nails filling the joints with cement as directed by E. I. C.
a) 75 mm. dia. pipe
b) 100 mm. dia. pipe

1.0. Materials :
1.1 The specified dia C.I. spigot and socket soil or waste pipe shall conform to M-68.
2.0. Workmanship
2.1 The fixing of C.I. spigot and socket soil waste and ventilating pipe shall be carried out
as per relevant specifications of item 35 except the C.I. spigot and socket shall be fixed.
The joints shall be fixed with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 sand) and spun yarn. The
pipes without ears shall be fixed to wall with M. S. clamps. The pipes with ears shall be
secured with 40mm before steel or iron barrel distance pieces or bobils and stout
galvanized iron nails 10 cms. long driven into hard wood plugs fixed in walls. Access
doors to fittings shall be provided with 3mm rubber insertion packing and secured without
screws to make air and water tight.
2.2 All soil pipes shall be carried up above the roof and shall have a wire balloon guard
or a cowl.

101
2.3 The ventilating pipe or shaft shall be carried out to a height of at least one metre
above the outer covering of the roof of the building or in the case of windows in a gable
wall or a dormer windows, it shall be carried up to the ridge of the roof or at least two
metres above the top of the windows. In case of flat roof to which access for use is
provided, it shall be carried out up to a height of at least one metre above the parapet or
two metres measured vertically from the top of any windows or opening which may exist
up to a horizontal distance of five metres from the vent pipe into such building and in no
case shall be carried out to a height less than three metres.
2.4 Where ventilating pipe are carried in pipe shafts, the shafts shall be of a minimum
size of one metre. If the shafts are also used to give light and air to rooms, the
ventilating pipes must be carried out to a horizontal distance at roof level not less than
five metres from the site of shaft.
2.5 The sand cast iron pipes above the parapet shall be fixed with M.S. clamps and
stays. The clamps shall be made from 1.5 mm thick M. S. flat or 3 mm width band to the
required shape and size to fit tightly on the sockets when tightened with screw bolts. It
shall be formed of two semi-circular pieces with flanged ends on both sides, with holes to
fit in the screw bolts and nut 40mm dia M. S. bars. One end of the stay shall be bent to
from a hook to be fixed with clamps by means of bolts and the other end shall be bent for
embedding in wall in cement concrete block of size 200mm x 100 mm x 100 mm in 1:2:4
mix. The concrete shall be finished to match the surrounding surfaces.
2.6 The connection between the main pipe and branch pipes shall be made by using
branches and bends with access doors for cleaning.
2.7 The waste from lavatories, kitchens, basins, sinks, baths, and other floor traps shall
be separately connected to respective stacks of upper floors. The waste stack of
lavatories shall be connected directly to manhole while waste stack of other shall be
separately discharged over gulley trap.
3.0. Mode of measurements and payment
3.1 The length of pipe shall be measured included all fittings along its length in running
metres correct to a centimeter. No allowance shall be made for the portion of pipe length
entered in the sockets of the adjacent pipe or fittings.
3.2 The rate includes all labour, and materials, tools and plant etc. required for
satisfactory completion of this item.
3.3. The rate shall be for a unit of one running metre.

Providing & fixing S. W. G. Pipe for sanitary connection (SEWER DRAIN PIPE) with
necessary slope including excavation refilling the trenches, providing 150 mm.
thick B. B. C. C. (1:4:8) below joints filling the joints with C. M. (1:1) curing etc.,
complete as directed by E. I. C.
100 mm. dia. Pipe

1.0 Materials
(1) Water shall conform to M-1, (2) Cement mortar of proportion 1:1 shall conform to M-
11, (3) 100mm dia glazed stone ware pipe shall conform to M-71.
2.0 Workmanship
2.1 The trenches for stone ware pipe drains shall be carried out as per relevant
specifications item no. 1 & 35 except that the work is for stone ware pipes of 100 mm
dia.
2.2 Laying
2.2.1 The pipes shall be laid accurately and perfectly true to line, levels and gradients.
Great care shall be taken to prevent sand etc. from entering the pipes. The pipes
between two man holes shall be laid truly in a straight line without vertical or horizontal
undulation. All junctions and changes in direction and diameter shall be made inside
manholes by means of curved tapered channels formed in cement concrete finished
smooth and benched on both sides. The body of the pipe shall rest for its entire length,

102
on an even level bed grips being made or left on the bed to receive the sockets of the
pipes.
2.3 Jointing
2.3.1 Tarred gaskin or yarn socked in neat cement slurry first be placed around the
spigot of each pipe and the spigot shall then be placed well in home into the socket of
the pipe previously laid. The pipe shall then be adjusted and fixed in the correct position
and gaskin caulked home so as to fill not more that 1/4th of the total depth or (13mm in
depth) of the socket.
2.3.2 The remainder of the socket shall be filled with the stiff mixture of cement mortar in
proportion of one part of cement and one part of sharp sand. When the socket is filled, a
fillet, shall be formed round the joints trowel, forming an angle of 45° with the barrel of
the pipe.
2.3.3 The mortar shall be mixed as necessary for immediate use.
2.3.4 After the joint is made, any extraneous materials shall be removed from the inside
of the joints with a suitable scraper of ‘badger’. The newly made joint shall be protected,
until set, from the sun, dry winds, rain or frost, sacking or other suitable materials which
shall be used for the purpose.
2.3.5 The mortar shall be cured for 10 days.
2.3.6 CC (1:4:8) 150mm thick shall be provided below joints so as joints are not affected
due to any settlement. Specification of item no. 93 shall be applicable to this item.
2.4 Testing of joints
2.4.1 The pipes shall be tested as directed.
2.4.2 If any leakage is visible, the defective part of the work shall be made good at no
extra cost.
2.4.3 A slight amount of sweating which is uniform may be overlooked, but excessive
sweating from a particular pipe or joints shall be watched for and taken as indicating a
defect to be made good.
3.0 Mode of measurements & payment:
3.1 Pounding or bottoming of the trenches bed to fit the lower part of the pipe and ‘Grips’
left to take socket, collars etc. are included in the rate of laying of the pipes.
3.1 CC (1:4:8) 150mm thick provided below the joints is also included in the rate of laying
of the pipes.
3.2 The measurements shall be net without any allowance for cutting and waste. The
length of bends, junctions and other connections shall be included in the total length of
the drain pipes. Noting extra shall be paid for the same. The rate includes necessary
excavation, refilling the trenches, etc. complete.

Providing & laying 300 mm dia. (NP - 2) 'A' Class R. C. C. hume pipe including
necessary excavation, refilling the trenches, laying 150 mm. thick B. B. C. C.
(1:4:8) below joints up to half the height of joints making water tight joints in C. M.
(1:1) curing etc., complete as directed by E. I. C.

1.0 Materials
The reinforced concrete light duty non-pressure pipes of specified diameter shall
conform to IS 458 – 1971.
2.0 Workmanship
2.1 The relevant specification of item no. 41 shall be followed for work of trenches except
that the excavation in trenches shall be for reinforced concrete pipes of specified
diameter.
2.2 Laying
2.2.1 The pipes shall be lowered into the trenches carefully. Mechanical appliances may
be used. Where necessary pipe shall be laid in straight lines or with easy curves and
true to line and gradient as specified and true to line and gradient as specified. The
laying of pipe shall proceed upgrade of a slope. In the with loose collars, the collars shall
be slipped on before the next pipe is laid.

103
2.2.2 In case where the foundation conditions are unusual such as proximity of trees or
holes, under existing or proposed around in 150mm thick cement concrete 1:5:10 (1
cement : 5 fine sand : 10 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) or compacted
sand or gravel.
2.2.3 In case where the natural foundation is inadequate the pipe shall be laid either in
concrete cradle, supported on proper foundation or on any other suitably designed
structure. If concrete bedding is used, the depth of concrete below bottom of the pipe
shall be at least ¼ th of the internal diameter of the pipe subject to a minimum of 100mm
and maximum 300mm. The concrete shall be extended up to the sides of the pipe at
least a distance of ¼ th of the outside diameter for pipes 300mm and over in diameter.
2.2.4 The pipes shall be laid in the concrete bedding before the concrete has set. Pipes
laid in trenches in earth shall be bedded evenly and firmly and as up to the haunches of
the pipe as to safely transmit the load expected from the back fill through the pipe to the
bed. This shall be done either by excavating the bottom of the trenches to fit the curve of
the pipe or by compacting the earth under round curve of the pipe to form an even bed.
Necessary provision shall be made for joints wherever required.
2.3 Jointing
2.3.1 The joints shall be done by slipping the collar over and clear of the end of the pipe.
The recess of the end of the pipe shall be filled with jute threading dipped in hot bitumen.
The new pipe shall then be brought forward until the bitumen ring in recess of first pipe is
set into the recess of the second pipe. This process shall be repeated for two or three
pipe which shall then be jacked up to as to thoroughly compress the bitumen. The
quantity of jute and bitumen shall be just enough to fill the recess when pressed hard by
jacking, care being taken that no offset of the jute braiding shall be visible either outside
or inside of pipe. The collar shall then be set up over the joints covering equally both the
pipe and leaving an even caulking space all round. Cement and sand mortar 1:1 shall
then be well punched or pressed home with a caulking tool within this caulking space.
Care shall be taken that the underside of the joints is properly filled with mortar.
2.4 Curing
2.4.1 Every joint shall be kept wet for about 10 days for maturing, the section of the pipe
line and joint shall be covered immediately to protect from weather effects. Minimum
bore of 100mm is considered adequate.
2.4.2 The joints shall be left exposed for observation.
2.5 Testing of joints
2.5.1 The testing of joints shall be done as per relevant specification of item no. 44
except that the testing of reinforced concrete pipes shall be done.
3.0 Mode of measurements & payment:
3.1 The relevant specifications of item no. 44 shall be followed except that the rate
includes for laying (to level or slope in trenches etc. measured separately) making the
joints as indicated and testing to stand the water test.
3.2 The measurement shall be net without any allowance for cutting and waste. The
length of bends, junctions, and other connections being numbered afterwards and paid
for extra over pipes.
3.3 CC (1:4:8) 150mm thick provided below the joints is also included in the rate of laying
of the pipes.
3.4 Nothing extra shall be paid separately from the use of mechanical appliances, where
necessary, as described above.
3.5 The rate shall be for a unit of one running metre.

Providing & fixing C. I. Nahani trap of approved size & make with additional
aluminium perforated Jali Cover & C. I. Pipe outside the wall with plug, bend, etc.,
complete as directed by E. I. C.
75 mm. dia.

104
C.I. nahni trap of specified diameter shall be fixed at locations shown, Nahni trap shall be
with arm, length as per thickness of wall so as to have joint outside wall and any leakage
may not harm the wall. Nahni trap shall be fixed in concrete. Aluminum perforated jali of
approved make and shape shall be provided on the nahni trap. Necessary C.I. pipe of
the diameter of main line shall be connected from nahni trap to Gully Trap/main line
outside the wall necessary plug bend etc. as required.
Payment shall be made per number of nahni trap fixed with necessary jali, plug bend,
pipe pieces etc. complete.

Providing & Fixing 150 X 100 mm. stone ware gully trap with 300 X 300 mm. B. B.
Masonry in C. M. (1:6) clear chamber including B. B. C. C. (1:4:8) 150 mm. thick
bed concrete, plastering the chamber with 300 X 300 mm. C. I. Cover with frame
curing etc., complete as directed by E. I. C.

Stoneware gully trap 150 x 100mm shall be as per I.S. specifications and free from
crack, other defects and shall be uniformly glazed. Trap shall rest on B.B.C.C. (1:4:8)
150mm thick. Brick masonry chamber of 225 x 150mm clear size and of required height
shall be built in c.m. (1:6). Height of chamber shall be constructed on site as per site
conditions. Masonry wall shall be carried out on base concrete of B.B.C.C. (1:4:8).
Direction of trap opening shall be as per line layout on site for drainage work. Gully trap
shall be provided with C.I. Cover of 225 x 150mm with frame on top of camber. Inner
side of chamber of 200mm below final ground level of other area shall be plastered
12mm thick in c.m. (1:3) C.I. cover shall be given three coats of black anticorrosive paint
as per item No. 17 of Section F.
Payment shall be made on number basis for all described above.

Providing 300 X 300 mm. B. B. Masonry in C. M. (1:6) clear chamber including B. B.

C. C. (1:4:8) 150 mm. thick bed concrete, plastering the chamber with 300 X 300
mm. C. I. Cover with frame curing etc., complete as directed by E. I. C.

B.B. masonry inspection chamber (manhole) of specified size, item shall be constructed
at location shown with base concrete of (1:4:8) B.B.C.C. 150mm thick, 225mm thick.
Brick masonry wall in c.m. (1:6) shall be constructed of width as per drawing or as per
details furnished on site. Plastering inside including bottom and outside 300mm below
final ground level shall be provided in c.m. (1:3) 12mm thick. Curing the cement work,
fixing light type C.I. manhole cover with frame as per size of the chamber including
necessary excavation, backfilling, disposed off surplus earth etc., complete, necessary
chamber shall be provided with slope in bottom C.I. cover shall be given 3 coats of
anticorrosive paint.
Specification of earth work and backfilling of section B, specification of brick masonry of
section C, specification of concrete of section D, and plastering section E shall be
followed.
Payment shall be made on number of chamber constructed of the size specified in the
tender with all operations as per item.

Providing B. B. Masonry inspection chamber (MANHOLE) of 610 X 455 mm. Clear

size including light type C. I. Cover having total weight including frame not to be
less than 38 Kgs. (Weight of Cover 23 Kgs & Weight of frame 15 Kgs.) with frame,
100 mm. thick R. C. C. top slab in C. C. (1:2:4) with necessary excavation bottom
concreting of B. B. C. C. (1:5:10) 150 mm. thick / 225 mm. thick B. B. Masonry in C.
M. (1:6) 12 mm thick cement plaster in C. M. (1:3) inside & to all exposed faces up
to 300 mm. below ground level, curing etc., including disposal off surplus
excavated earth up to radius of 300 mt. including 3 coats of white or colour wash
to all exposed finished surface etc. complete as directed by E. I. C. (B. B.
MASONRY UPTO 900 mm. DEPTH)

105
B.B. masonry inspection chamber (manhole) of specified size, item shall be constructed
at location shown with base concrete of (1:4:8) B.B.C.C. 150mm thick, 225mm thick.
Brick masonry wall in c.m. (1:6) shall be constructed of width as per drawing or as per
details furnished on site. Plastering inside including bottom and outside 300mm below
final ground level shall be provided in c.m. (1:3) 12mm thick. Curing the cement work,
fixing light type C.I. manhole cover with frame as per size of the chamber including
necessary excavation, backfilling, disposed off surplus earth etc., complete, necessary
chamber shall be provided with slope in bottom C.I. cover shall be given 3 coats of
anticorrosive paint.

Channels shall be constructed in semi circular shape in the bottom half and of diameter
equal to the sewer. Above the horizontal diameter, the sides shall be extended vertically
to the same level as the crown of the outgoing pipe and the top edge shall be suitably
rounded off. The branch channels shall also be similarly constructed with respect to the
benching but at their junction with the main channel an appropriate fall suitably rounded
off in the direction of flow in the main channel shall be given.

The channel and benching shall be done in CC 1:2:4 ( 1 Cement : 2 coarse sand : 4
graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) rising at a slope in line from edges of
channel. The channels of the bottom of the chamber shall be plastered with C.M. (1:2)
(1 cement : 2 coarse sand) and steel troweled smooth.

Manhole shall be tested by filling with water to a depth not exceeding 1.2 m as directed.
After completion of work, manhole covers shall be sealed by means of thick grease.
Specification of earth work and backfilling of section B, specification of brick masonry of
section C, specification of concrete of section D, and plastering section E shall be
followed.
Payment shall be made on number of chamber constructed of the size specified in the
tender with all operations as per item.

Providing B. B. Masonry inspection chamber (MANHOLE) of 500 X 700 mm. Clear

size including light type C. I. Cover having total weight including frame not to be
less than 38 Kgs. (Weight of Cover 23 Kgs & Weight of frame 15 Kgs.) with frame,
100 mm. thick R. C. C. top slab in C. C. (1:2:4) with necessary excavation bottom
concreting of B. B. C. C. (1:5:10) 150 mm. thick / 225 mm. thick B. B. Masonry in C.
M. (1:6) 12 mm thick cement plaster in C. M. (1:3) inside & to all exposed faces up
to 300 mm. below ground level, curing etc., including disposal off surplus
excavated earth up to radius of 300 mt. including 3 coats of white or colour wash
to all exposed finished surface etc. complete as directed by E. I. C. (B. B.
MASONRY UPTO 900 mm. DEPTH)

The relevant specification of item no. 50 shall be followed except that instead of 610 X
455 clear size of chamber 500 x 700 mm clear size chamber shall be constructed and
paid for.

Providing & fixing best INDIAN make white or coloured porcelain rectangular wash
hand basin size 500 X 400 mm. with C. I. M. S. Brackets fixed in wall including
approved quality of 1 No. of brass C. P. Pillar cock (PRINCE TYPE) or its
equivalent 15 mm. dia. Bottle trap, one brass C. P. 15 mm. dia. Stop cock, with P.
V. C. pipe connection for stop cock to pillar cock 25 mm. dia. G. I. Waste pipe up to
1.0 M. length etc., complete as directed by E. I. C.

106
1.0. Materials
1.1. The white glazed earthenware wash basin shall be 550 mm. x 400 mm. of 1st quality
and make as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The wash basin shall conform to M-
59.
2.0. Workmanship
2.1. The washbasin shall be fixed on the wall as and where directed. The wash basin
shall be supported on a pair of M.S. or C.I. brackets fixed in C.M. 1:3 (1 cement : 3
sand). The bracket shall conform to I.S. : 775-1962. The wall plaster on the rear shall be
cut to rest the top edge of the washbasin. After fixing the basin, plaster shall be made
good and surface finished to match the existing one.
2.2. The brackets shall be painted white with ready-mixed paint.
2.3. The C.I. brass trap and union shall be connected to 32 mm. dia. waste pipe which
shall be suitably bent towards the wall and which shall discharge into an open drain
leading to a gully trap or direct in to gully-trap on the ground floor and shall be connected
to a waste pipe through a floor trap on the upper floors. C.P. brass trap and union may
not be provided where the surface drain or a floor trap is placed directly under the basin
and the waste is discharged in to vertically.
2.4. The height of the front edge to the wash basin from the floor level shall be 80 cms.
2.5. The necessary inlet, outlet connections and fittings such as pillar cocks (Prince
type), CP brass waste trap, waste pipe, stop cock, chain with rubber plug etc. shall be
fixed.
3.0. Mode of measurements & payment
3.1. The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tools and plant etc. required for
satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship.
The rate shall be for a unit of One number.

Providing & Fixing 500 mm X 700 mm size light type C. I. Manhole covers with
water tight C. I. frame & fixing the same in concrete etc., complete as directed by
E. I. C.

Materials
C.I. Manhole cover of 500 x 700 mm size shall be of best quality. The weight of C.I.
cover and frame shall into be less than 35 Kg. The C.I. manhole cover shall be of light
duty and conform relevant I.S.
2.0. Workmanship
2.1. The C.I, Manhole cover shall be fixed as per relevant specifications of item No. 50
except that the C.I. cover shall be fixed ad and where directed.
3.0. Mode of measurements and payment
3.1. The rate includes cost of all laobur and materials required for satisfactory completion
of this item.
3.2. The rate shall be for a unit of One number.

Providing & Fixing WHITE / COLOURED ORISSA PAN W. C. SEAT of ROLEX /

CLASSIC / JOHNSON MAKE and of approved quality of 580 mm. size including
trap, necessary C. I. Piping with plug bends up to soil chamber for G. F. & up to
the out side wall for floors including porcelain foot rests etc., in complete working
condition & as directed by E. I. C.

Orissa Pan type WC. if specified size shall be of first quality and of approved make
according to I.S. Specifications. It shall be fixed in B.B.C.C 1:5:10 shall be provided in
115mm portion with required slope towards WC. pan. Top surface shall be finished as
per specified in item of I.P.S glazed or ordinary tiles, which shall be as pet item. W.C.
shall be provided, with pipe from flush cock to pan, for flushing arrangement, trap with
WC. pan and 100mm C.I. pipe for trap to chamber with plug bend. For W.C. on floors,

107
pipe with plug bend shall be provided up to main soil pipe line in wall.. All joints shall be
in CM. 1:1 and leak proof test be given.
Rate quoted shall be for providing & fixing WC. pan with all other accessories specified
and whole thing shall be paid per No. of WC pan provided and fixed.

Providing & Fixing white or coloured porcelain lip shaped wall type URINAL PAN
of 550 X 300 mm. of approved quality & make including waste coupling bends &
necessary outlet of 25 mm. dia. G. I. Pipe connections including providing brass
stop cock, PVC connection etc., completed as directed by E. I. C.

1.0 Materials
The white earthenware flat pack or corner type urinal of size 550 x 300mm shall conform
to M-64
2.0 Workmanship
2.1 The urinals shall be fixed in position by using wooden plugs and screws and shall be
at a height of 65 cms. from the floor level to the top of the lip or urinal unless otherwise
directed. The wooden plugs shall be 50 mm x 50 mm at base tapering to 38mm x 38
mm at top and 50mm in length shall be fixed in wall in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3
coarse sand). The urinal shall be connected to32 mm dia galvanized mild steel waste
pipe which shall discharge in the channel or floor trap. The connection between the
urinal and flush or waste pipe shall between made by means of putty or white lead mixed
with chopped hemp.
2.2 The urinal shall be provided with waste coupling bends, necessary outlet of 25mm
dia GI pipe connection, brass stop cock, PVC connection pipe from stop cock to urinal
inlet provided at the top.
3.0 Mode of measurement and payment.
3.1 The rate includes cost of all labours, materials, tools and plants, etc. required for
satisfactory completion of this item.
3.2 The rate shall be for a unit of one number.

Providing Fixing 25 mm. thick POLISHED KOTAH STONE wall partitions 600 mm.
wide & required height & all sides polished, machine cut & of approved quality
including fixing the same in wall in line & level etc, complete as directed by E. I. C.

25mm thick polished kotah stone partition shall be provided for urinals. The quality of
kotah stone shall be got approved. The stone shall be machine polished to all side. The
outer edges of the stone shall be machine cut, rounded and polished properly. The size
of the kotah stone shall be of 600mm wide and height according to the site condition. A
groove shall be cut in wall for fixing of the stone. Stone shall be fixed with the wall in line,
level and plumb as directed in the groove white c.m. 1:1 and finished smoothly with
existing finishing.
Payment shall be made on square meters basis.

Providing & Fixing 75 mm. dia. C. I. cowl ventilator of LIGHT Type for water tanks
etc., complete.

The material shall be got approved in advance prior to supplying the same on the site.
The relevant specification of item no. 43 shall be applicable to this item except that CI
cowl ventilator of 75mm dia with socket and spigot ends and light type shall be provided
and paid for.

Drilling of bore well of 400 mm. dia. by machine in all kinds of soil, sand, clay,
murrum, soft rock and hard murrum, etc., complete, truly vertical with all
equipments and labours etc., complete as directed by E. I. C.

108
 a) For 00.00 to 30.00 Mt. Depth
b) For 31.00 to 60.00 Mt. Depth
c) For 61.00 Mt. onwards

Bore well 400mm  shall be drilled with drilling machine at the place shown, Necessary
arrangement for required water for drilling, preparing water tank etc. may be made by
contractor. The drilling shall be carried out to the depth decided on site as per availability
of the water bearing strata. Necessary cutting edge and column length of the drilling shall
be arranged by the contractor. Drilling shall be carried out truly vertical. Bentonite
powder slurry circulation shall be arranged as required. Samples of various strata shall
be collected, showing the depth of the strata. A chart of the various strata with depth
shall be prepared and submitted for record. They shall be kept on site in a wooden box
indication the strata with depth so the information is easily available for inspection.
Rate shall be quoted for various depth given in the item per running meter basis.

Providing and installing vertically 150mm dia ‘C’ class M S ERW casing pipe in the
bore as per specifications including supplying graded gravel of suitable size &
packing the same surrounding the pipe from the bottom including sealing the
bottom of the pipe & welding at joints & top clamping etc. complete as directed by
the Engineer – in – Charge.

“C” class ERW casing pipe conforming to IS specifications shall be provided and
installed in the well as directed. Pipe shall be painted with 3 coats of anticorrosive paint
from outside. Pipe shall be lowered slowly so that drilled well is not damaged or
collapsed on some portion. Pipe shall be joined with couplings and couplings tack
welded on both ends as directed or welded fully with specified thickness of welding as
approved. Pipe shall be sealed at bottom by full welding of plate of 12mm thickness and
applied with 3 coats of anti-corrosive paint. Necessary arrangement for lowering pipe
shall be made by the contractor. After the pipe line is lowered completely and cleaned at
top and covered at top, annular space all-round pipe shall be filled with pea size gravel
uniformly all-round. Gravel collected shall be screened and all dust small and big size
and gravel and other foreign materials shall be removed.

Rate shall be quoted for the diameter of pipe specified with all the operations and
materials required with plant, machinery, tools and tackles, etc. for completing the item.
Payment shall be made on pipe lowered as above with filling of gravel all-round on Rmt
basis.

Labour charges for making slotted holes in pipe supplied under item no. 55 i.e. MS
ERW casing pipe as directed by the Engineer – in – Charge for making strainer
pipe.

Slotted holes of approved / required size shall be made in the pipes supplied under item
no. 5 shall be made for the water bearing strata as approved by the Engineer – in –
Charge.

Payment shall be made on Rmt. basis for the length of pipe through which required holes
are made with all operations, plant, machinery, tools and tackles etc. for completing the
item.

Providing & Laying 112 mm. thick brick on edge paving (SOLING) including
leveling the ground & laying the bricks with required grade & camber etc.,
complete with two vertical bricks as kerbing on each side of the road filling the
joints with yellow earth & spreading sand at the rate 0.15 M3/10 M2 including 3
coats colour wash to vertical kerbing bricks etc., complete as directed.

109
The bricks of approved quality shall be used. Bricks shall be laid on sub grade checked
and approved for alignment level, camber and consolidation where area is infilling; Brick
on edge i.e. 110mm thick shall be laid in haring bond, bond unless otherwise instructed.
The sides of the road shall be provided with two vertical bricks to each side for curbing.
Curbing shall be in line, level and grade as instructed and shall be laid close to the road
edge. Excavation required for curbing shall not be paid separately; only good quality of
full brick shall be used in curbing. No bricks or brickbats shall be allowed in the paving
work, unless the same is required at the ends. Brick shall be laid closed so that no voids
or space is left out between two bricks. All joints shall be filled with yellow earth by
spreading, brooming and watering. Surplus earth shall be removed from the surface.
Finally clean river sand usable in plasterwork shall be spread uniformly, at the rate of
0.15 cmt/10 smt of road surface.
Payment shall be made on actual square meter of work carried out including side
curbing, earth filling and sand spreading. Rate quoted shall be inclusive of all materials,
tools, tackles required for complete excavation of item.

Supplying & Stacking 40 to 60 mm. size hard stone road metal including
transportation filling the box etc., complete

1. The field of machine cut metal shall be of approved quarry as shown on the quarry
chart as well as approved by the Executive Engineer prior to collection.
2. The machine cut metal shall be hard, tough, sound, durable, black trap field metal of
close texture, free from decay and weathering. Each piece of the stone shall be angular
and roughly cubical in shape and round elongated or flaky material shall be rejected. No
round or oblong pebbles or angular chips larger or smaller than specified size shall be
allowed.
3. All unsound, weathered or disintegrated stone obtained from the upper surface layer
of the quarry or other layer of boulders shall be rejected. The physical requirement for
standard size metal shall conform to the test results indicated in para 3 of item 4.
4. Machine cut metal shall be as nearly uniform in size as possible and shall conform to
following minimum requirements of passing through the rings :
63 mm 100
50 mm 95-100
40 mm 35-70
20mm 0-10
5. Wherever and doubt exists as to whether the above requirements are satisfied in
whole or part, the collection of machine cut metal shall be got screened by the contractor
if so ordered by the Executive Engineer and for which no extra payments shall be
claimed by the contractor.
6. Any collection which does not fully satisfy the above requirements is liable to be
rejected altogether.
7. Stacking shall be done by filling in the standard steel pharas of 2.00 x 1.50 x 0.50
metre and 25% deduction of voids shall be made from the gross measurements.
8. Regular stacks shall be done by the contractors on a fairly level ground. All the stacks
shall be marked by white wash immediate on being measured and recorded by the
Engineer-in-charge. The rate includes blasting the rock, it any, breaking the metal,
stacking, measuring in pharas etc. complete.

Supplying & Stacking murrum of approved quality including transportation filling

the box etc., complete E. I. C.

Murrum of approved quality preferably Red shall supply. Sample of the murrum shall be
got approved. It shall be free from dust, vegetation, foreign materials and powdery

110
substance etc. The murrum shall be stacked at the places shown, in regular boxes
approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
The measurements shall be paid on Cubic Meter basis on the box measurement,
deducting 25% for voids. The contractors shall make arrangements for marking of the
stacks measured for separating the same.

Supply & Stacking black trap stone machine crushed grit / stone dust including
royalty, all Government taxes transportation, filling boxes etc., complete as
directed by E. I. C.

1.0 The field of machine cut grit shall be of approved quarry as shown on the quarry
chart as well as approved by the Executive Engineer prior to collection.
11. The machine cut grit shall be hard, tough, sound, durable, black trap field metal of
close texture, free from decay and weathering. Each piece of the stone shall be angular
and roughly cubical in shape and round elongated or flaky material shall be rejected. No
round or oblong pebbles or angular chips larger or smaller than specified size shall be
allowed.
12. All unsound, weathered or disintegrated stone obtained from the upper surface layer
of the quarry or other layer of boulders shall be rejected. The physical requirement for
standard size metal shall conform to the test results indicated in para 3 of item 4.
13. Machine cut grit shall be as nearly uniform in size as possible and shall conform to
following minimum requirements of passing through the rings : 5. Wherever and doubt
exists as to whether the above requirements are satisfied in whole or part, the collection
of M.C metal shall be got screened by the contractor if so ordered by the Executive
Engineer and for which no extra payments shall be claimed by the contractor.
12. Any collection which does not fully satisfy the above requirements is liable to be
rejected altogether.
13. Stacking shall be done by filling in the standard steel pharas of 2.00 x 1.50 x 0.50
metre and no deduction of voids shall be made from the gross measurements.
14. Regular stacks shall be done by the contractors on a fairly level ground. All the
stacks shall be marked by white wash immediate on being measured and recorded by
the Engineer in- charge. The rate includes blasting the rock, it any, breaking the metal,
stacking, measuring in pharas etc. complete.

Labour charges for spreading metal in 75 mm. thick layer for soling with required
grade & camber & filling the voids with small size of chips and earth & watering
consolidating by 8 to 10 tonnes power roller etc., complete as directed by E. I. C.

1. Metal shall not be spread without permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Metal should
be spread under careful supervision by trained coolies. Contractor shall see that uniform
spreading as per collection of metal is done. The contractor shall spread the metal fully
from the stacks without keeping any balance unless directed by the Engineer-in charge
to keep some stack in balance for making good unevenness or depressions during
roiling works. To ensure that the material is spread to the required thickness, the road
surface shall be marked out in to length over which the contents of heaps are to be
spread. The bounds of earth or murrum (one on either side) shall be laid with a distance
between them equal to the width of road to be metalled and shall be enough to prevent
the loose metal from spreading during consolidation as well as to retain water used for
consolidation. Payment for bunds will be made in the respective item.
2. The metal (including old metal) shall be screened and rubbish, dust, grass shall be
removed and spread evenly on the prepared surface in grade and camber by using
camber board etc. so as to ensure that the surface is true to camber and grade. At least
two camber by using camber boards shall be in use at site. The surface shall be checked
at every 50 ft. by means of template while the correctness of the camber in between
shall be tested by string and corrected as required. Between the straight lengths and the

111
curves in camber of road to super elevation shall be made very gradually as may be
directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
3. The spreading of metal shall proceed only 20 mt.(max.) advance of the rolling
operations. The collection and spreading of the metal shall not be carried out in one and
the same kilometer.
4. At the time of rolling by 8 to 10 tonne roller all surface irregularities, hollows,
depressions, humps etc. shall be straight. The spreading of metal in required layer shall
be done by the contractor.
The rate for this item shall be paid on cmt. basis and includes all the above operations
with all lead and lift and consolidation by 8 to 10 tonne power rollers up to the
satisfaction of Engineer - in - Charge.

Labour charges for spreading murrum or yellow soil filling voids of metalling
including watering consolidating by 8 to 10 tonnes power roller etc., complete as
directed by E. I. C.

Murrum of yellow earth shall be spread uniformly on the surface as instructed. Murrum
shall be collected from the stacks shown by department. Earth shall be excavated and
taken from the places shown. After uniform spreading, dry rolling with 8 to 10 tone roller
shall be carried out. After rolling, surface shall be broomed and voids shall be filled up.
After dry rolling is complete, the surface shall be watered and rolled again. All the voids
shall be filed up again, watered and re - rolled. Rolling shall be carried out such that the
layer already spread and rolled earlier shall not get disturbed. If required additional
quantity of murrum/earth shall be spread at the places shown to get uniform surface. The
operation of rolling, watering and re-rolling shall have to be continued, till uniform surface
with required grade and camber is obtained.
Rate quoted shall be for all labour, tools, tackles and machinery. Payment shall be made
for actual square meter of area provided with spreading of murrum/earth as above.

As above but grit / stone dust

Specification for item no. 67 shall also be applicable to this item except that instead of
spreading murrum / yellow earth grit / stone shall be provided and paid for.

Providing & Laying 600 mm dia. NP - 3 class R. C. C. Hume Pipe of approved size
with collars for road crossing including excavation up to 900 mm. depth & refilling
the trenches, joining, the pipes with C. M. (1:1) & filling 150 mm. thick concrete
(1:4:8) below joints, curing etc., completed as directed by E. I. C.

NP3 class R.C.C. Hume pipe of required diameter shall be of approved make. Contractor
shall produce necessary test certificate. Pipes shall confirm to the IS.
Pipes shall be laid to required depth and to the slope as instructed on site. Marking or
invert levels on both sides shall be erected and pipe laid accordingly in line and level,
Joint of the pipes shall be filled with c.m. 1:1 with necessary hemp rope. Joint shall be
packed properly with semi-wet mortar with pressing. Outer surface shall be chamfered
and finished neatly. C. C. 1:4:8 shall be provided with crushed stone chips of 12mm and
down graded. Curing arrangement shall be made for the cement mortar joint and
concrete for keeping continuous wet for period of minimum 12 days.
The relevant specification of item no. 45 shall also be followed for workmanship and
mode of measurement.
Rate quoted shall be inclusive of all materials like pipe, collars, cement, coarse and fine
aggregate hump ropes, labour, excavation, back filling etc. complete and disposing extra
earth as directed.
Payment shall be made on running meters of pipe laid.

112
ITEM : --- DO --- but 300 mm. dia Pipe

The relevant specification of item no. 45 shall also be followed for workmanship and
mode of measurement.
Specification for item no. 69 shall be applicable to this item also but instead of 600mm
dia pipe 300mm dia shall be provided and fixed and paid for.
Providing plantations to development of plants / trees / flowers, ornamental plants
and gardens shrubs small trees of plants of selected and approved name, quality,
size and growth in good condition. The work including the cost of plants,
materials, digging pits in the soil of size 0.60 X 0.60 X 0.60 mtr, soil for planting
trees mixing of manure & refilling the pit with good earth, watering as and when
required. Providing pesticides / fertilizers with twelve months of maintenance,
replacement and replacing of dead plants during maintenance, cleaning,
removing, labourers tools and tackles, transportation, loading and unloading etc.,
complete as directed by E. I. C.

The work shall be carried out as per description of the item. The work includes all
materials like plants, soil, manure, pesticides, fertilizers, labour, and maintaining the
plants for twelve months.
The plant selection its location and duration shall be got approved in advance.
The payment shall be made per no. of plant provided and maintained.

Providing & Fixing 20 mm. dia. M. S. bar steps 150 mm. wide & 300 mm. long clear
including grouting in wall, 3 coats of oil painting etc., complete as directed by E. I.
Concrete

20 mm dia MS bars steps are to be bent as per size specified in item with extra anchor
length of 225 mm, with suitable hooks for proper grip in the wall. Grooves shall be cut in
masonry at required distance as directed in the wall. The bar steps shall be properly
grouted in wall in line & level with C. C. (1:2:4) and finishing smooth the same. Steel bar
steps shall be given one coat of red oxide and 2 coats of approved brand, quality, tint
enameled paint.
Payment shall be made on number bases for all above, including materials etc.
complete.

Providing & Fixing 450 X 600 X 6 mm. thick size approved best quality of looking
glass mirror with plastic moulded frame with shelf etc., complete as directed by E.
I. C.

1.0. Materials
1.1. The 600 mm. x 450 mm. size mirror shall be of superior glass with edge rounded
offer beveled as specified. It shall be free from flaws specks, or bubbles and its thickness
shall not be less than 6 mm. The glass for the mirror shall be uniformly silver plated at
the back and shall be free from silvering defects. Silvering shall have a protective
uniform covering of red lead paint. The 6 mm, thick plywood shall conform to M-37. The
6 mm. thick A.C. sheets shall conform to M-24.
2.0. Workmanship
2.1. The mirror of 600 mm. x 450 mm. size mounted on A.G. Sheet or plywood 6 mm.
thick with C.P. brass clips shall be fixed as directed, by fixing wooden plugs in wall and
C.P. brass screws and washers. The work shall be carried out in best workman like
manner.
3.0. Mode of measurements & payment
3.1. The rate includes cost of all labour and materials, tools and plant etc. required for
satisfactory completion of this item. The rate shall be for a unit of One number.

113
ITEM NO. 69: Providing & Fixing a set of 6 Nos. of stainless steel coat racks of
approved quality fixed on 20 mm. thick teak wood batten including 3 coats of oil
painting etc., complete as directed by E. I. C.

Teakwood batten of 600mm x 100mm x 20mm thick shall be provided as per general
specification of woodwork. The wooden batten shall be fixed at the place shown at the
height instructed at site with the wall. 6Nos. of aluminum anodized coat racks of
approved quality, shall be fixed on the batten at 150mm c/c 3 coats of oil paint shall be
applied to wood work of approved quality make, tint shall be applied as per specification
no. 16 of Schedule F.

Providing & Fixing 16 mm. dia. M. S. fan hooks embedded in slab or beam during
casting as per instruction including 3 coats of oil painting etc., complete as
directed by E. I. C.

16mm Dia M.S. bar fan hooks shall be provided in slab, beam, during casting as per
instruction of Engineer-in-charge. The hook shall be kept vertical and binded with the
slab, or beam bars as the case may be. The hooks shall be applied 3 coats of oil paint of
approved color make in tint as per specification no. 17 of section F. If instructed by the
Engineer - in - Charge to proved fan hook with smaller dia of bar, necessary reduction in
the rate shall be made applicable by the Engineer - in – Charge.
Payment shall be made per number basis.

Providing & Fixing 300 X 300 mm. size marble year plate with black border all-
round & letters including fixing the same in cement mortar etc., complete as
directed by E. I. C.

The marble plate should be 25mm thick and 300 x 300mm size of approved white
marble, free from cracks and other defects and machine polished. The size of letters for
number and the year shall be provided as directed by Engineer-in-charge and engraved
and finished black with border all round. Necessary groove shall be provided in wall at
the place shown by Engineer-in-charge. The plate shall be fixed in line level and plumb
with c.m . 1:2 and all the edges shall be well finished as directed.
Payment shall be made per number basis for all above operations.

Providing & Fixing 600 mm. long & 20 mm. dia. aluminium anodised towel rod with
brackets etc., complete as directed by E. I. C.

1.0, Materials
1.1. The 20mm dia aluminum anodized towel rod shall be 600 x 20 mm. of best quality
as approved by the Engineer-in- charge. The brackets shall be of anodized aluminum of
best quality.
2.0. Workmanship
2.1. The brackets of the towel rail shall be fixed by means of CP, brass screws to
wooden firmly embedded in the wall with C.M. 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand). The towel
rail shall be fixed as and where directed.
3.0. Mode of measurements and payment
3.1. The rate includes cost of all labour and materials, tools and plant etc. required for
satisfactory completion of this item.
3.2. The rate shall be for a unit of One number.

Painting the letters with best enamel oil paint in 200 to 250 mm. size etc., complete
as directed by E. I. C. (Paint should be brought by the contractor.)

114
Letters shall be painted with best synthetic enamel paint of approved quality make and
tint. Generally the letters shall be appointed with black letters with yellow background
and black border of 12mm size or as per instruction of Engineer-in-charge and as
specified in item. The letters shall be painted at the place shown by Engineer-in-charge.
General specification of painting is applicable.
The rate shall be for a unit of one number.

Providing & Fixing SIGN BOARD having size 2000 X 1000 mm. for SUB-STATION
made from 16 gauge M. S. Sheet having frame work of 35 X 35 X 3 mm. M. S. angle
all-round & 4 vertical intermediate angle supports at equal distance welded to
sheet with 3 Nos. of 50 X 50 X 6 mm. M. S. angle posts 3.0 M. long with
arrangement of bolting, 3 coats of oil painting etc., complete as directed by E. I. C.

General specification of fabrication shall be applied. The signboard shall be prepared

from 16 gauge M.S. Sheet of specified size with angle frame of 35 x 35 x 3 mm size with
2 vertical angle supports to be welded at intermediate portion with the frame, as
instructed. The signboard shall be fixed with 50 x 50 x 6mm M.S. angle supports by bolts
and nuts. The angle supports shall be erected in line level and plumb as directed
including necessary excavation. c.c. (1:3:6), grouting, curing etc. complete as per
instruction of Engineer-in-charge. All steel work shall be given one coat of anticorrosive
paint 2 coats of approved enamel oil paint. The signboard is painted with letters with
boarder as per instruction of Engineer-in-charge with approved synthetic enamel paint.
Rates shall be inclusive of all above materials, operation, tools, tackles etc. complete.
The rate shall be for a unit of one number.

Providing COOKING PLATFORM 3000 X 675 mm. size with approved quality of
stainless steel sink of size 450 mm. dia. & 4 Nos. of partition walls (middle) with
cement plaster in C. M. (1:3) to all exposed faces, 75 mm. thick R. C. C. Slab in C.
C. (1:2:4) at top with necessary reinforcement making holes in slab for gas
connection, including kotah stone flooring with side Patti of required size &
thickness, with polishing etc., complete & fixing teak wood cupboard of frame size
75 X 50 mm with shutter for opening of size 1.20 X 0.60 Mtrs. made from 19 mm.
thick Nova Pan / ECO Board exterior laminated with all round teak batten Patti
including two coats of oil paints & one coat of primer including PVC waste pipe,
Nahni trap, bib cock, etc., complete as per drawing & instruction of E. I. C.

R.C.C. cooking platform of 3000 x 675mm size shall be constructed at the place shown
as per drawing and instruction of engineer-in-charge. The relevant specification of B.B.
masonry cement, concrete, reinforcement, cement plastering etc. shall be applicable as
per items of the respective sections. B.B. masonry of 225/115mm thick in c.m. (1:6) shall
be constructed on bed concrete of floor up to the required height as per drawing or as
directed. The top R.C.C. slab 75mm thick, with sink, shall be cast in c.c. 1:2:4 with
necessary shuttering and reinforcement, keeping holes for gas connections and waste
coupling. Masonry and R.C.C. work shall be extra plastered 40 x 12mm thick all round.
Arrangement for keeping pot shall be made on the top as per drawing or as directed.
One brass waste coupling of 30mm size shall be provided and fixed in the sink with
necessary P.V.C. waste pipe up to nahani trap. All masonry, R.C.C. plastering work shall
be cured fro minimum 10 days.
Payment shall be made per number which covers all above as specified with all
materials, labour, tools, tackles, shuttering, curing etc. complete.

Providing of template & foundation bolt in line and level before concreting of
foundation and making arrangement for fixing template in such a way as it
remains in position during concreting etc., complete as directed by E. I. C.

115
The templates and foundation bolts shall be line and level before concreting.
Payment shall be made on number basis.

Supply, erecting and Commissioning 2 H. P. self priming Mono Block pump set of
ISI make as per the instruction of Engineer-in-charge, with 2.0" suction and 1.5"
delivery including casting cement concrete foundation for pump, with required
length of G. I. pipe for suction with all necessary fittings like elbow, union, tees,
bends, set of flange one brass float valve etc., complete as directed including
supplying and fixing the starter of ISI make with ICTP switch & allied wiring of
copper cable & board, testing etc., complete as directed by E. I. C.

Single phase 2 HP self priming mono-block pump having ISI mark with 2” suction and
1.5” as described in the item description, approved by Engineer – in – Charge shall be
supplied and installed. Required panel BOARD, with all accessories, described in item
description shall be installed, with steel framework and fixed as per instruction of
Engineer – in – Charge with CC (1:2:4). Foundation of pump and motor shall be cast in
CC (1:2:4), with necessary shuttering, reinforcement, supplying and fixing of foundation
bolts, curing and finishing smooth of concrete work etc. complete. 18 gauge GI sheet
cover with 25mm x 25mm x 5 mm angle frame shall be prepared as per approved design
with hinges, locking arrangement etc. complete with 3 coats of oil painting as directed.
All electrical installation will be carried out by licensed electrical supervisor only.
Necessary test report shall be submitted for electrical installation.
Pump with motor shall be handed over in complete working condition with trial run as
decided by the Engineer – in – Charge. Guarantee for pump and motor from
manufacturer shall be submitted for minimum one year.
Rate quoted shall be for supplying, installing with all labour, materials, tools, tackles etc.
and giving test to required delivery head as directed by Engineer-in-charge with
manufacturers guarantee for satisfactory performance of pump and motor for minimum
period of one year.
Payment will be made on number basis for all described in item and specifications.

Providing and fixing 24 gauge chicken mesh jali in plaster concrete and masonary
joint work including required nails, tools tackles & approved quality of jali as
directed by E. I. C.

The material to be used shall have to be got approved before start of work.
Payment shall be made on actual square meter basis.
Supplying and spraying "Round up" (Glyphosphate 41 % SL) or equivalent
weedicide for weed control in proportion of 250 ml. Weedicide in 15 litre of clean
fresh water in two spray as per the manufacturer's specification and as directed by
EIC.

The Contractor has to carry out the work as per manufacturer’s specification for the
duration specified by the manufacturer of the product. Result shall be guaranteed for the
duration specified and shall be backed by bank guarantee for the amount of 5 % of the
operated item.

Providing and fixing of acrylic sign board of Acrylic sheet, computerised vinyl
diagram in GI box with tube light fitting size 1800 mm X 1200 mm for various 66 KV
S/S.

The matter in the board size of lettering and colors shall be got approved in advance.

116
Labour charges for leveling the transformer rail etc., complete as directed by
E. I. C.

The work shall be carried out in line and level as directed EIC. The level of both the rail
shall be uniform.
The pockets to be grouted shall be properly cleaned. Dust and other foreign materials
shall be removed from the pockets. If required, Air blower shall be used for cleaning the
pocket. If surface is not rough, roughening shall be done, if necessary and instructed by
Engineer – in – Charge for bonding purpose. Payment shall made for the pair of rails
made available for grouting and will include all labours, tools, tackles, etc. complete.

Providing & Fixing 25 mm. dia. PVC, conduit pipe for electric wiring as directed by
the EIC.

25mm dia OD PVC pipe of the ISI quality and approved brand specified by the Engineer
– in – Charge shall be fixed in the RCC column as per the instruction. Care shall be
taken to plug all the ends by cloth so as to prevent entry of concrete or any other foreign
material which may block the pipe for future insertion of cables. The pipe shall be so laid
and fixed that while casting / constructing gate pillars, it remains in truly vertical position
in centre of column.
The payment shall be made on running meter basis for the length of pipe fixed in the
column and shall include all materials, specials such as bend, tee, etc, labour, tools,
tackles, etc. complete.

Providing & Laying C. C. M. 7.5 for foundation & plinth with gravel or picked up
metal or hand broken stone of size 40 mm. to 60 mm. as coarse aggregates
including mixing in mixture machine only, watering, ramming, consolidating etc.,
complete as directed by EIC.
1.0. Materials
Water shall conform to M-1. Cement shall conform to M-3. Sand shall conform to M-6.
Stone aggregate 40mm nominal size shall conform to M-12.

2.0 Workmanship
2.1 The proportion of the concrete mix shall 1:4:8 (one cement : four coarse sand : 8
hand broken stone aggregate 40 mm to 60mm nominal size) by volume. Concrete work
shall have surface or as specified in the item.
2.2 The designation ordinary M-7.5, specified as per IS corresponding approximately
1:4:8 nominal mix of ordinary concrete by volume respectively.
2.3 The ingredients required for ordinary concrete containing one bag of cement of 50 Kg
by weight (0.0342 Cu. M.) for different proportions of mix shall be as under :
2.4 The quantity of water in a mix shall be just so adjusted to overcome the difficulties of
placement and compaction.
2.5 Workability of the concrete shall be controlled by maintaining water cement ratio that
is bound to give a concrete mix which is just sufficiently wet to be placed and compacted
without difficulty with the means available.
2.6 The maximum size of the coarse aggregate shall be as large as possible within the
limits specified.
2.7 Proportioning : Proportioning shall be done by volume, except cement which shall be
measured in terms of bags of 50 Kg weight. The volume of one such bag being taken as
0.0342 Cu. meter. Boxes of suitable sizes shall be used for measuring sand aggregate.
The size of the boxes (internal) shall be 35 cms. X 25 cms. and 40 cms. deep. While
measuring the aggregate and sand, the box shall be filled without shaking, ramming or
hammering. The proportioning of sand shall be on the basis of its dry volume and in
case of damp sand allowance for bulkage shall be made.

117
2.8 When hand mixing is permitted by the engineer – in – Charge for small jobs or for
certain other reasons it shall be done on the smooth water tight platform large enough to
allow efficient turning over the ingredients of concrete before and after adding water.
Mixing platform shall be so arranged that no foreign material gets mixed with concrete
nor does the mixing water flow out. Cement in required number of bags shall be placed
in a uniform layer on top of the measured quantity of fine and coarse aggregate which
shall also be spread in a layer of uniform thickness on the mixing platform. Dry coarse
and fine aggregate and cement shall then be mixed thoroughly by turning over to get a
mixture to uniform colour. Specified quantity of water shall then be added gradually
through a rose-can and the mass turned over till a mix of required consistency is
obtained. In hand mixing, quantity of cement shall be increased by 10 percent above the
specified.

3.0 Mode of measurements and payment

3.1 The concrete work shall be measured in length, breadth and depth as specified on
the drawing limiting dimensions to those specified on drawing or as directed.
3.2 The rate shall be for a unit of one cubic meter.

Providing form work of ordinary timber planking so as to give rough finish

including centering, shuttering strutting and propping etc., height of propping and
centering below supporting floor to ceiling not exceeding 4 M. and removal of the
same for in situ reinforced concrete and plain concrete work in

1.0 Materials
1.1 The shuttering to be provided shall be of ordinary timber planks and shall conform to
M-26.
1.2 The dimensions of scantlings and battens shall conform to the design. The strength
of the wood shall not be less than that assumed in the design.
2.0 Workmanship
2.1 The form work shall conform to the shape, lines and dimension as shown on the
plans and be so constructed as to remain sufficiently rigid during the placing and
compacting of the concrete. Adequate arrangements shall be made by the contractor to
safe-guard against any settlement of the form work during the course of concreting and
after concreting. The form work of shuttering, centering, scaffolding, bracing, etc. shall
be as per design.
2.2 Cleaning and Treatment of forms
2.2.1 All rubbish, particularly chippings, shaving and saw dust shall be removed from the
interior of the form before the concrete is placed and the form work in contact with
concrete shall be cleaned and thoroughly wetted or treated. The surface shall be then
coated with soap solution applied before concreting is done. Soap solution for the
purpose shall be prepared by dissolving yellow soap in water to get consistency of paint.
Alternatively a coat of raw linseed oil or form oil of approved manufacture may be applied
in case steel shuttering is used. Soap solution or raw linseed oil shall be applied after
thoroughly cleaning the surface. Care shall be taken that the coating does not get on
construction joint surface and reinforcement bars.
2.3 Stripping time
2.3.1 In normal circumstances and where ordinary cement is used, forms may be struck
after expiry of following periods.
(a) Sides of walls, columns, and vertical faces of beam 24 to 48 hours.
(b) Beam soffits. (Props left under) 7 days.
(c) Removal of props slabs
(i) Slabs spanning upto 4.5 m 7 days.
(ii) spanning over 4.5 m 14 days.
(d) Removal of props to beams and Arches
(i) Spanning up to 6 m 14 days

118
 (ii) Spanning over 6 m 21 days
2.4 Procedure when removing the form work
2.4.1 All form work shall be removed without such shock or vibrations as would damage
the reinforced concrete surface. Before the soffit form work and struts are removed, the
soffits and the concrete surface shall be exposed where necessary in order to ascertain
that the concrete has sufficiently hardened.
2.5 Centering
2.5.1 The centering to be provided shall be got approved. It shall between sufficiently
strong to ensure absolute safety of the form work and concrete work before, during and
after pouring concrete. Watch should be kept to see that behaviour of centering and
form work is satisfactory during concreting. Erection should also be such that it would
allow removal of forms in proper sequence without damaging either the concrete or the
forms to be removed.
2.5.2 The props of centering shall be provided on firm foundation or base of sufficient
strength to carry the loads without any settlement.
2.5.3 The centering and form work shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer - in
- Charge before concreting. But this will not relieve the contractor of his responsibility for
strength, adequacy and safety of form work and centering. If there is a failure of form
work or centering, contractor shall be responsible for the damages to the work, injury to
life and damage to property.
2.6 Scaffolding
2.6.1 All scaffolding, hoisting arrangement and ladders, etc. required for the facilitating of
concreting shall be provided and removed on completion of work by contractor at his
own expense. The scaffolding, hoisting arrangements and ladders etc. shall be strong
enough to withstand all live, dead and impact loads expected to act and shall be subject
to the approval of the Engineer - in – Charge. However, contractor shall be solely
responsible for the safety of the scaffolding, hoisting arrangement, ladders, work and
workman etc.
2.6.2 The scaffolding, hoisting arrangements and ladders shall allow easy approach to
the work spot and afford easy inspection.
2.6.3 The rate is applicable to all conditions of working and any height. The rate shall
include the cost of materials and labour for various operations involved such as:
(a) Splayed edges, notching allowance for over laps and passing at angles, battens
centering, shuttering, strutting, propping, bolting, nailing, wedging, easing, striking and
removal.
(b) Filleting to form stop chamfered edges or splayed external angles not exceeding
20mm width to beams, columns and the like.
(c) Temporary openings in the forms for pouring concrete, if required, removing rubbish
etc.
(d) Dressing with oil to prevent adhesion of concrete with shuttering, and
(e) Raking or circular cutting.
2.7 Re-use
2.7.1 Before re-use, all forms shall be inspected by the Engineer - in - Charge and their
suitability ascertained. The forms shall be scarred, cleaned, and joints gone over,
repaired where required. Inside surface shall be retreated adhesion of concrete.
3.0 Mode of measurements and payment
3.1 Form work shall be measured as the area in square metres of shuttering in contact
with concrete except in the case of inclined member and portion of curved profile and
upper side in which case only area of underside shall be measured for payment.
3.2 Form work to secondary beams shall be measured up to the sides of main beams
but no deduction shall be made from the form work of the main beam at the inter section
point. No deduction shall be made from the form work of a column at inter section of
beams.
3.3 The rate is for the completed item.
3.4 The rate shall be for a unit of one square metre.

119
Providing fitting & fixing fully glazed/ partly glazed double leaf anodized
aluminum entrance door using extruded section fabricated by standard
manufactures with framing 10.15cm x4.45cm rectangular section & door shutter
made from 10.15 cm x 4.45cm aluminum bottom section top & vertical section
6.35x3.80cm size using 5.5mm thick "Triveni" or HB4 plain glass with glazing deep
rubber gasket with locking arrangement(Godrej type) with all fixtures &
fastenings of anodized section with aluminum bedding floor spring mounted
door closer with all labours & materials etc. Complete as per drawing and as
directed by E.I.C.

The aluminium section to be utilized shall confirm to IS 1285/1980 and IS 1869/1968 for
the material grade and anodizing respectively. The frame section shall be 61.85mm
x31.75mm weighing 0.695kg per mtr. Minimum of section no 8687 Jindal Aluminum Ltd
make or its equivalent and section for shutter shall be of 50 mm x 20 mm size weighing
o.571kg per Mtr. minimum of section No 8305 of Jindal aluminium Ltd make or its
equivalent.
Necessary additional / special sections shall be used to facilitate locking arrangement,
handle stay if necessary. As directed by EIC.
Payment shall be made on Smt. Basis. No additional payment shall be made for fixture
or addition /special section.

Providing & Fixing MS grill for exhaust fan of approved quality and design and
drawing including welding or bolting fixtures and fastening MS hold fast with three
coats of oil painting of approved shade and make with one coat of red - oxide
primer including grouting the hold fasts in C C (1:2:4) / fixing in wall with required
size of nails including tools, tackles and materials and all labours including
making holes for fan etc., complete.

Specification shall be as per item description.

Payment shall be made on the basis of number of grills for exhaust fan fixed and shall
include all materials, labour, tools, tackles, etc. complete.
Providing & Fixing Garware film of approved quality and make etc. complete.
Before starting the work, Garware film sample shall be got approved from the Engineer -
in – Charge. Work shall be executed as per manufacturer’s specification and
instructions.
Payment shall be made on the basis of Sq. meter of film applied on the glass panel of
windows / doors. The payment includes all materials, labour, tools, plants, wastage, if
any etc. complete.
Providing & Fixing M. S. Cover for cable trench in control room made from 14
Gauge M. S. Sheet having M. S. Angle frame all-round of 40 X 40 X 5 mm. size and
cover shutter frame of angle 30 X 30 X 5 mm. size & 2 supports at middle including
oil painting of 3 coats of approved shade & make. Providing 2 handles of 6 mm.
dia. M. S. bar as per instruction etc., complete as directed by E. I. C.
General specification of fabrication shall be applicable. The covers shall be fabricated as
per detailed drawing given as instructed on site. Item provides for supplying, fabrication,
painting and fixing M.S. Covers at site, with 2 handles of 6mm dia bars shall be provided
with holes in the cover, with necessary flat welded at the bottom of the handle so that the
handle do not project outside when the covers are placed on the cable trench.
Measurements shall be paid on the square meter of the covers provided.

120
Providing 2500 mm. internal dia meter and 3.0 mt. deep soak pit including
excavation in all types of soil and soft / hard rock and B. B. C. C. (1:4:8) bedding
300 mm. thick below masonry and 450 mm. thick B. B. masonry in C. M. (1:6) up to
2000 mm height, 350 mm. thick for further 2000 mm and 230 mm thick for
remaining height honey combed plastering in CM 1:3 inside up to full height and
100 mm thick R. C. C. slab with 600 X 600 mm. C. I. Heavy duty cover with frame,
with necessary reinforcement as per design and C. I. Vent pipe 1800 mm. long with
B. B. Masonry pillar 350 X 350 X 450 plastered all around filling 40 to 50 mm size
brick bats up to 1.5 tm. depth, including 16 mm dia M. S. U Steps refilling and as
directed and including disposal of the surplus excavated earth up to the lead of
500 tm. radius including 3 coats of white or colour wash to all exposed finished
surface etc., complete as directed by E. I. C.
Soak pit of given dimension shall be constructed at place shown.
The specification of excavation, brick masonry, concrete, plaster etc. shall be as
provided in respective section. Brick wall on B.B.C.C. 1:4:8 shall be constructed as
described in item in C.M. (1:6). R.C.C. slab to be provided at top, shall be in c.c. 1:2:4
with necessary shuttering and reinforcement. 600 x 600mm heavy duty C.I. cover with
frame as per I.S. standard shall be provided in top slab. Honeycombed brick masonry
shall be provided for the depth as shown in drawing or as directed. 12mm thick outside
plastering in c.m. 1:3 shall be provided for 1:5 tm. depth of masonry from top. The pit
shall be filled with brickbats of 40mm to 50mm size up to 1.5 meter depth. Brickbats shall
be of size specified and free from dust, small pieces and other foreign materials. If
desired by Engineer-in-charge the same shall be screened and other foreign materials. If
desired by Engineer-in-charge the same shall be screened and provided. 16mm dia
M.S.U. shape steps shall be provided @ 200mm c/c as directed. Plastered surface and
top shall be given 3 coats of whitewash, 75mm dia C.I. vent pipe of 1800 mm length shall
be provided with brick masonry plastered pillar and C.I. cowl ventilator shall be provided
at the top of vent pipe with joint filled in c.m. 1:1.
Payment shall be made per number, which covers all above as specified with all
materials, labour, tools, tackles scaffolding, curing etc. complete.

Providing and fixing Acrylic name plates of required size including painting letters
as directed and fixing as directed by engineer in charges.
Before starting the work, acrylic sheet sample as well as type of letter style and size of
letter shall be got approved from the Engineer - in – Charge. Work shall be executed as
per Engineer - in – Charge’s instructions.
Payment shall be made on the basis of one number. The payment includes all materials,
labour, tools, plants, wastage, if any etc. complete.
Labour charges for beveling the Kotah stone as directed.
The item shall be executed on the exposed edges of Kotah stone fixed on sills, steps
and wherever directed by the Engineer - in – Charge. The Kotah stones shall be
beveled in half round shape with smooth finishing.
The payment shall be made on the basis of running metre of edges beveled and shall
include all tools, tackles and plant, labour, etc. complete.
Providing & laying CC (1:3:6) or M 10 for structural foundations and for erection of
M. S. angle posts using 20 to 25 mm. size black trap machine crushed metal
including shuttering for all side up to any height and mixing in mixer machine,
ramming with mechanical vibrator & including grouting of foundation bolts
simultaneously with the help of templates (setting of template of foundation bolts
and finishing by plaster will be paid separately)

121
M-10 grade of concrete using machine cut black trap of size 12 to 20mm shall be laid
using minimum cement content of 221 Kg / Cmt. and free water cement ratio of 0.60.
Sample of ingredients to be used shall be got approved.
The general specification of concrete shall be applicable for this item. Rate quoted shall
be of all materials, labour, tools, tackles, shuttering, scaffolding, curing, etc. as per item.
Concreting work, involved in this item, is for the foundation work for various equipments
and machinery.
Payment shall be made on actual cu. M. of concrete work done as per detailed drawing
furnished by department.
The pockets to be grouted shall be properly cleaned. Dust and other foreign materials
shall be removed. If required, it shall be cleaned by Air blower. If surface is not rough,
roughening shall be done, if necessary and instructed by Engineer – in – Charge for
bonding purpose. Existing surface shall be applied with thick paste of cement mortar.
No separate payment will be admissible for this.
Payment shall be made for actual quantity of concrete work done for grouting.

Providing and Laying controlled cement concrete M-150 and curing complete
excluding the cost of form work and reinforcement for reinforced concrete work in
(a) Foundation, footings, Bases of columns etc. and Mass concrete.
(b) Slabs, Landings, shelves, Balconies, Lintels, Beams, Girders and cantilever up
to floor two level.
(c) Columns, pillars, posts and struts up to floor two level

1.1. The relevant specifications of item No. 12 shall be followed except that the work
shall be carried out for M-150 reinforced concrete work. In addition, the following
stipulations shall be followed for :
(a) The bars shall be kept in position by the following methods :
(i) In case of beam and slab construction, sufficient number of precast cover blocks in
cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand) about 4 cms. x 4 cms. section and of
thickness equal to the specified cover shall be placed between the bars and shuttering
as to secure and maintain the requisite cover of concrete over the reinforcement. In case
of cantilevered or doubly reinforce beams or slabs, the main reinforcing bars shall be
held in position by introducing chain spacers or supports bars at. 1.0 to 1.2 metre
centres. (ii) In case of columns and walls, the vertical bars shall be kept in position be
means of timber templates with slots accurately cut in them, the templates shall be
removed after concreting has been done below it. The bars may be also be suitably tied
by means of annealed steel wires to the shuttering to maintain their position during
concreting.
1.2. All bars projecting form pillars, columns, beams, slabs etc, to which other bars and
concrete are to be attached or bounded to later on, shall be protected with a coat of thin
neat cement grout, if the bars are not likely to :be incorporated with succeeding mass of
concrete within the following 10 days. This coat of thin neat cement shall be removed
before concreting.
2.0. Mode of Measurement & Payment
2.1. The relevant specifications of item No. 12 shall be followed.
2.2. The volume occupied by reinforcement shall not be deducted from R.C.C. work.
2.3. The rate shall be for a unit of one cubic metre.
Providing & fixing sliding gate of 40 mm. dia. mild steel pipe 'B' Class all round
and 20 mm. dia. mild steel pipe at 200 mm C/C and 12 mm. mild steel square bars
at 200 mm. c/c alternatively i. e. One square bar between two pipe vertically welded
to 40 mm dia. pipe frame as per drawing and design with necessary brackets,
holdfasts, locking arrangement on top & aldrop on both sides including base rail
for sliding the gate having ball bearing rollers & guide track of 50 X 6 mm. M. S.
Flat with holdfast, fabrication of side supports including fixing the letters

122
"GETCO" on front side etc. complete with three (3) coats of approved Oil Painting
& one cost of red oxide primer as directed (The cost does not include the cost of
reinforcement, column supports, joists, concrete masonry work)

Sliding gate with 40 mm dia M.S. Pipe frame shall be prepared as per detailed drawing.
General specifications for fabrication shall be applicable. Holes shall be drilled in 40mm
dia m.s. pipe in top and bottom members at 200mm c/c for 20mm dia pipe. Pipe shall be
inserted at least 20mm inside and then welded to frame. Similarly 12mm M.S. Square
bars shall be provided alternatively at 20mm c/c necessary brackets. hold fast, aldrop,
locking arrangement shall be provided as per detailed drawing and as per item
description. GETCO letters shall be of 250mm sizes and shall be fixed on gate as shown
or as directed. Gate shall be erected in plumb, line and level with bottom rail and guide
and rollers with bearing.
Gate shall be given one coat of red oxide and 3 coats of approved quality, brand and tint
oil paint or 3 coats of aluminum paint as directed. Trial for smooth operation shall be
given and defect observed during guarantee period of 12 months will have to be
attended with replacing of parts etc. without any extra cost.
Payment shall be made on square meter basis. Area of gate provided & fixed shall be
measured and paid, based on unit rate quoted.

Providing & Fixing hinged type 40 mm. dia. M. S. pipe "B" class all around & 20
mm. dia. M. S. Pipe gate as per drawing & design with necessary brackets, hold
fasts welded to vertical girders, ball bearing wheels for sliding the gates with 50 x
6 mm. M. S. Flat, guide rail fixed in concrete with 3 coats of oil painting of
approved shade & make, with one coat of red oxide primer etc., complete as
directed by E. I. C. (COST DOES NOT INCLUDE THE COST OF COLUMNS, STEEL /
JOISTS, CONCRETEM, MASONRY ETC.)

The specification of item No. 104 shall be applicable. The gate shall be hinged and
provided with sliding arrangement with ball bearing wheels, 50 x 6mm guide holdfasts for
fixing in concrete for guide as well as gate. Aldrop shall be provided on both side with
locking arrangement at top. General specification of fabrication shall be applicable. After
gate is completely fabricated and okayed. One coat of red oxide shall be given and after
erection in position and testing, 3 coats of oil painting of approved quality, brand and tint
shall be applied or 3 coats of aluminum paint shall be applied according to instruction at
site. All fabrication, welding etc. shall be in best workmanship like manner. For frame of
40mm dia pipe elbow shall be provided at corners. For smooth bending shall be have to
be adopted by approved method. Any damage, deshaping etc. during fabrication,
bending or welding shall make member for rejection. Where bending is approved smooth
and uniform bending shall be for all corners.
Payment shall be made for actual square meter area of gate provided as per drawing or
per details furnished on site.
Providing & applying two coats of snowcem or equivalent cement paint including
cleaning the surfaces, watering etc. complete as directed by EIC

Water proof cement paint Snowcem or equivalent quality shall be of approved brand and
manufacture and shall be applied on surface as per manufacturer’s specifications.
Prior to applying the paint the surface shall be cleaned, brushed and all loose
adherences, mortar dropping, grease, etc. shall be removed. Surface shall be wetted
with water before application of paint. Paint shall be mixed with water in such quantity
that can be utilized within an hour. The paint shall be mixed with water in such
proportion and by such method as recommended by the manufacturer. During
application of the mix to the surface, it shall be stirred well. It shall be applied such that
direct heat of sun is avoided during application. Next coat is applied after previous coat

123
has set for 24 hours. Next coat shall be applied without wetting of surface, 2 coats of
paint shall be applied as specified in the item to get uniform shade.
Painted surface shall be cured for 7 days by sprinkling water and keeping it wet.
Rate quoted shall be including of cleaning of surface before application of paint, cleaning
area after application including stain removal, scaffolding, curing, etc. complete.

Providing & laying 75 mm thick built up spray grout base course double layer
using tack coat at the rate of 5 kg of asphalt of required grade per 10 sq. mt. for
first layer and 15 kg. of asphalt of required grade per 10 sq. mt. For grouting for
second layer as per requirement and spreading grit at the surface using 0.13 cmt.
of key aggregates of size 40 to 50 mm. (black trap metal) per 10 sq. mt. Area over
existing surface including rolling & consolidating with 8 to 10 tonnes power roller
for each layer etc., complete as per specification and as directed by EIC.

The surface shall be cleaned with wire brush and coir brush to remove the dust and
foreign materials. 75 mm thick built up spray grout base course shall be provided in
single layer as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
Asphalt of 60/70 or 80/100 grade satisfying the requirement of I.S.702 and grade as
decided by Engineer-in-charge should be used. The binder shall be heated to optimum
temperature in boiler. Aggregate of size 40 mm to 50 mm (black trap metal) of approved
quality shall be used.
Payment shall be made on Sq. Mt. basis.

Supplying and pouring of 'Pidiproof' of PIDILITE brand or equivalent as

waterproofing admixtures as per manufacturer's specifications in cement concrete
during casting of concrete as directed by the Engineer - in - Charge.

Pidiproof waterproofing admixture manufactured by M/S Pidilite shall be mixed with

concrete mix before laying the same in manner and 200ml per one cement bag or as
recommended by the manufacturer. This admixture shall be used during concreting of
slabs and all other water retaining structures
Providing and fixing broken glass pieces on top of compound wall coping. This
item should be executed immediately after the casting of coping.

Broken glass pieces obtained from soda bottles shall be fixed during concreting of the
top coping of compound wall in close proximity of each other at about 20 to 25 mm c/c
and shall project from the top of coping by about 25 to 40 mm and shall be embedded in
the concrete to a depth of 25mm and as per instruction of Engineer - in – Charge.

The payment for this item in running metre and shall include providing of glass and
labour charges irrespective of the thickness of coping.

Conducting and carrying out verticality test as per ISS (The contractor shall have
to submit the certificate of verticality test from reputed firms who are carrying out
such tests.) If the verticality test is not satisfactory or not conforming to IS
specifications the amount maximum upto 20 % of contract i.e. total value of work
done will be recovered from contractor's bill.

Verticality test as per IS standard shall be carried out as instructed in the item with all
necessary arrangement and materials. The results observed shall be noted for various
depths and submitted with certificate as desired in the item. The test shall be carried out
in the presence of Engineer – in – Charge or his authorized agent.
Rate shall be quoted for lump sum for the job.

124
Developing and cleaning and giving yield test for bore well, by required size of
compressor and pump running for 12 hours with necessary pipes, lowering and
removing the pipes in well etc., with all equipments etc. complete.

Bore well drilled shall be first developed by suitable compressor for 12 hours and
observation of water coming out, shall be made for, sand particles in water shall be
noted. Arrangement of “V” notch weir shall be made for measuring the water flow for
yield with marking on the same. A chart showing the discharge with various depth of flow
from V notch shall be submitted.
After compressor test is over, pump for running test yield test shall be arranged for 12
hours pumping for desired yield and the flow shall be measured with V notch weir.
Results observed may be submitted. Draw down level for water in each case be noted
and submitted and time taken for equipment shall be also noted and submitted. All
observation shall be made and noted in presence of representation from GETCO. Due to
pumping any difference in gravel packing level shall be observed, and qty, required to
bring to top shall be also noted & informed & filled up.
Rate quoted shall be lump sump for above tests with all necessary equipments, tools,
tackles, machineries etc. complete required for the job.

Providing water logging test with electro logging equipment and arranging for
water potability test including defining the water availability test, chemical and
bacteriological analysis of water sample as per parameters for drinking water
sample from PH engineering lab or any Government body, etc. complete as
directed.

Water logging test, with electro logging equipment, may be carried out in presence of
authorized agent of Engineer-in-charge. Potability of water shall be got tested in
Government, public health laboratory or other recognized laboratory approved by
Engineer-in-charge. Results obtained shall be submitted. Total availability of water from
bore and maximum discharge available, type of pump with it’s capacity recommended
shall be also obtained from authorized agency experienced in the work of from
recognized institute as approved by Engineer-in-charge. Details of all test carried out
with their observations and inference shall be informed.
Payment shall be made after completion of entire job on the basis of each job work
completed.

Providing and fixing top cap for 200mm  pipe, clamps and socket and other
accessories required for completing for completing the job.

The cap for 200mm  socket shall be provided on the well drilled so that pipe do not get
chocked with foreign materials and no one can play mischief. One clamp for supporting
the pipe line lowered in the well shall be provided at floor level/ground level so that pipe
may not run down in the well due to any accident, Socket shall be provided on the top of
pipe. All the work shall be carried out as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
Rate quoted shall be lump sump for all above providing and fixing including welding,
fabrication etc., necessary.

Supplying and Lowering the Kalama or KSB Kalama/ Jyoti / Kirloskar / Amrut make
submersible pump of 4 HP X 12 stage in bore well etc., completed as directed
including ISI approved MEI type oil immersed auto transformer starter
commissioning and testing to required delivery head. (ALL OTHER ACCESSORIES
WILL BE PAID SEPERATELY.)

4.0 H.P. 12 stage submersible pump with motor of I.S.I. mark and approved make shall
be supplied and installed as directed. Rate quoted shall be for supplying, installing with

125
all labour, materials, tools, tackles etc. and giving test to required delivery head as
directed by Engineer-in-charge with manufacturers guarantee for satisfactory
performance of pump and motor for minimum period of one year.

Extra for one H.P. additional capacity mortar.

Rate shall be quoted for additional one H.P. capacity of the motor specified in the above
noted item.

Extra for one stage additional capacity for pump.

Rate shall be quoted for additional one stage of the pump specified in the above noted
item no. 101.

Providing & Fixing panel BOARD of metal box with a main fuse connection,
Ampere meter, Voltmeter 30 Amp, 3 phase switch single phase preventor cum
water level guard and male and female type socket 3 phase indicator lamps and
toggle switch etc., including all wiring / earthing complete as directed by E.I.C.

A panel BOARD of T.W. 20mm thick shall be of the specified dimension required for the
all the assessorial described in the item. All the accessories shall be as per I.S.
specifications and shall be of approved make. All the accessories shall be as per I.S.
specification and shall be of approved make. All accessories shall be connected with
copper wire/cable suitable for 30 Amp. load, connected with indicator lamps etc., as
directed by Engineer-in-charge.
Payment shall be for BOARD with all accessories, wiring, etc., on lump sump basis.

Providing and joining 4mm flat copper sufficient for 7.5 H.P. pump set etc.
complete as directed.

4mm flat copper cable suitable for 20 H.P. pump shall confirm to I. S. specification and to
approved make. Cable shall be jointed or fixed by licensed electrical supervisor only with
necessary precaution and materials required for connection and joining.
Payment shall be made in running meter of the cable supplied and fixed.

Providing & fixing and lowering Ashirvad make 50mm dia uPVC column pipe
(standard pipe) with coupling and wire lock, O ring, rubber gasket, APPL marked
bottom and top adaptor and pump guard with flange set as per requirement and
specification, closing, clamping, etc. with required bend, plug etc. complete as
directed by E.I.C. The pump shall be additionally supported by 2 nos. of 4mm dia
GI HT wires along the entire length of column pipes and shall be taken out of the
borewell and fixed with casing pipe etc. complete as directed by the Engineer – in
– Charge.

uPVC Ashirvad make 50mm internal dia square threaded column pipe with coupling and
wire lock, O ring, rubber gasket, APPL marked bottom and top adaptor and pump guard
with flange set shall be provided and installed in the well as directed. Pipe shall be
lowered slowly so that drilled well is not damaged or collapsed on some portion. Pipes
shall be joined by screwing male and female end as per manufacturer’s instruction and
specifications and couplers shall be locked with special wire lock system to ensure that
during installation and removal of the pumps the coupler does not come out resulting in
column slippage. Necessary arrangement for lowering pipe shall be made by the
contractor. After the pipe line is lowered completely and cleaned it shall be covered at
top.

126
The pump fixed at the bottom of the pipe shall be supported additionally on 2 nos. of
4mm dia GI HT wires passed along the entire length of the column pipes and taken out
of the casing pipe and fixed with casing pipe top so that pump is restricted from falling
inside the drilled borewell.

Rate shall be quoted for the diameter of pipe specified with all the operations and
materials required with plant, machinery, tools and tackles etc., for completing the item.
Payment shall be made on pipe lowered as above on Rmt basis.

Box cutting the road surface to proper slope and camber for making the base of
road work including removing the excavated stuff and depositing on the road side
slope as directed up to 50 mtr lead .

Cutting shall be done in proper grade and camber as per measurements given. Care
must be taken that the tall slopes are evenly and truly dressed. Cutting shall be done to
the exact depth required and shall be as per formation level in proper grade and the
camber. If extra depth of cutting is done due to negligence of the contractor the same
shall be refilled with approved quality of materials duly consolidated to the satisfaction of
the Engineer – in – Charge (without any extra cost). Box cutting for soling and metalling
in required width and the depth shall be done.

The stuff received from the cutting shall be utilized for filling cuts and correcting side
slopes of band with all lead and lift as directed. Useful stuff shall be carefully stacked
separately as directed.

The measurement shall be taken as per cross sectional measurement of the cutting
based on length, breadth, depth measured with tape at every 25 metres interval.

The payment shall be made on Cmt. basis.

Providing & laying cement sealing work for the drilled bore-well hole to stop entry
of upward salty water including clay packing as required in proper manner or
suggested by geologist to required depth at site as directed by Engineer-in-charge
etc. completed.

Specification for the item shall be as per item description.

Payment will be done on the basis of job work after completion of entire job.

Providing cement pointing in C.M.(1:1) including racking out of joints, scaffolding,

curing finishing etc., completed as directed by E.I.C.

Before pointing work is taken up joints, if not racked shall be racked out for proper
bondage. Surface shall be wetted with water and joints cleaned. Sand and cement are
mixed in equal proportion. The mortar shall be pressed in the joints just sufficient to
cover up the joint only. Horizontal and vertical impression shall be made with nail or M.S.
flat piece. The impression shall be 6mm wide and 6mm deep freely horizontal and
vertical. Pointed surface shall be kept wet for minimum 10 days. Sample of pointing to be
got approved from Engineer in charge before starting work.

Rate quoted shall be inclusive of scaffolding and working at all levels. Payment shall be
made for actual sq. metres of area provided with pointing.

Uncoursed rubble masonry with hard stone of approved quality in foundation and
plinth in cement mortar 1:6(1 cement : 6 course sand ) including levelling up etc
complete

127
1.0 Materials :
The cement mortar shall conform to M-11. stones shall conform to M-16.
2.0 Workmanship :
2.1 Dressing of stones :
Stone used for uncoursed rubble masonry work shall be hammer dressed on the sides,
and beds in such a way as to close up with the adjacent stone in the masonry work as
strongly as possible. The face stone shall be dressed in such a manner as to give a
specified pattern such as blygonal tucing etc. the face of the stones shall be so dressed
that bushing on the exposed face shall not project by more than 40mm from the general
wall surface and on the face to be plastered. It shall not project by more than 19mm nor
shall have depressions more than 10mm from the average wall surface.
2.2 Laying :
All the stone shall sufficiently wetted before laying to prevent absorption from mortar.
The wall shall be built true to plumb (or true to required batter when so specified). All
connected walls in a structure shall normally be raised up uniformly and regularly.
However, if for any specific reason, one part of masonry is required to be left behind, the
wall shall be racked back at an angle not steeper than 45°. Vertical toothed joints in
masonry shall not be allowed. The work shall be carried out regularly and masonry of
any day will not be raised by more than 1 metre in height.
2.3 The stone shall be laid in an uncoursed fashion or random facing etc. However the
masonry is required to be brought to level at various stages viz. plinth level, window sill
level, roof level and any other level specifically shown in the drawings. This may be
done by first adjusting the laying of stones to one level and then providing leveling
course of cement concrete 1:6:12 (1 cement : 6 sand : 12 graded stone aggregate 20mm
nominal size) or as otherwise specified.
2.4 Proper bonding shall be achieved by closely filling in adjacent stones as well as by
using bond stones or through stones as described herein below. Face stone shall
extend back sufficiently and bond well with the masonry. The stone shall be carefully set
so as to break joints and avoid formation of vertical joints. The depth of stone from face
of the wall inwards shall not be less than width or breadth at the face. The hearting or
interior filling of the wall shall consist of rubble stones which may be of any shape.
Neither the face stone nor the hearting stone shall be so small to pass through circular
ring of 150mm internal diameter in any direction nor shall any of them shall have
minimum thickness 100mm.
2.5 All stone shall be carefully laid, hammered down by a wooden mallet into position
and solidly embedded in mortar, chips and spawls of stone may be used wherever
necessary to avoid thick mortar beds or joints at the same time ensuring that no hollow
space is left anywhere in the masonry. The chips shall not be more than 20% of volume
of masonry. The hearting shall be laid nearly level with face stones except that at about
one metre intervals vertical bond stone or plums projecting about 150 to 200 mm shall be
firmly embedded to form vertical bonding in masonry.
2.6 Bond Stones :
Bond stones or through stones running right across the thickness of wall shall be
provided in walls upto 600mm thick. In thicker walls two stones overlapping each other
by at least 150mm shall be provided across the thickness of the wall to form bond
stones. There shall be atleast one bond stone for every 0.5 sq. m. of wall surface. The
bond stone shall be marked by a distinguishing letter during construction for subsequent
verification and shall be laid staggered in subsequent layers.
2.7 Quoins :
The quoins or corners stone shall be selected stone nearly dressed with hammer and /
or chisel to form the required corner angle and laid header and stretcher alternatively.
The bed and top surface of quoins shall be chiseled dressed to give horizontal joints.
The quoins shall have a uniform chisel draft of at least 25mm width at four edges of each

128
exposed face, all the edges of the same face being in one plane. No quoins stone shall
be smaller than 0.025 cum. in volume.
2.8 Jamb stones :
The jamb stone shall be made with stone specified for quoins, except that the stone
provided on the jambs shall have their length equal to thickness of wall upto 600mm and
a line of headers shall be provided for walls thicker than 600mm as specified for bone.
2.9 Joints :
All the joints shall be completely filled with mortar and their width shall not exceed 25mm.
When plastering or pointing is not required to be done, the joints shall be struck flush and
finished simultaneously while laying the stone. Otherwise the joints shall be racked to a
minimum depth of 20mm by a racking tools during progress of laying while mortar is still
green.
2.10 Scaffolding :
Single or double scaffolding shall be used. The scaffolding shall be strong and sound.
The holes left in masonry for supporting scaffolding shall be filled and made good before
plastering.
2.11 Curing :
Green work shall be protected from rains by suitably covering the same. Masonry shall
be kept constantly moist on all the faces for a period of at least 7 days. The top of
masonry shall be flooded at the close of the day.
3.0 Mode of measurement and payment :
3.1 All work shall be measured on the basis of finished dimensions and measured net
except where otherwise specified. Only specified dimensions shall be allowed. Anything
extra shall be ignored. The masonry work in foundation and plinth shall be measured
under this item. No deduction shall be made nor extra payment made for the following :
(a) Ends of joints, beams, posts, girders, rafters, purlins, trusses, corbels, etc. each upto
500 sq. cm. In section.
(b) Opening each upto 0.1 sq. cm.
(c) Wall plates and bed plates bearings of chhaja and like upto 10 cm. Depth (bearing of
floor and roof slabs shall be deducted from masonry).
(d) Drain holes and recesses for cement concrete blocks to embed hold fasts for doors,
windows, etc.
(e) Building in the masonry iron fixtures, pipes upto 300mm dia hold fasts of doors and
windows.
(f) Forming chases in masonry upto section of 350 sq. cm.
3.2 The rate shall be for a unit of one cubic metre.

Providing and fixing 30mm thick factory made PVC rigid foam paneled door
shutters manufactured by Rajshri or its equivalent made from MS tube of 19 gauge
thickness, size 19 x 19mm for styles and 15 x 15mm for top and bottom rails,
covered with heat moulded PVC "C" channel of 6mm thick sheet and 30 x 50mm
wide to form styles and 5mm thick and 75mm wide PVC sheets for top rail, lock rail
and bottom rail on either side and 5mm thick, 20mm wide cross PVC sheet as gap
insert for top rail and bottom rail, paneling of 5mm thick PVC sheet fitted in MS
frame welded/sealed to the styles and rails with 5 x 30mm PVC sheet beading on
either side and joined together with solvent cement adhesive etc. complete as per
manufacturer's specification and direction of EIC fixed to frames with 4 nos. of
powder coated butt hinges. (For W.C. and bathroom shutters)

Specification shall be as per item description.

Payment shall be given on the basis of sq. m. and shall be measured out to out of the
door shutter and shall not include wastage, if any and will be inclusive of tools, tackles,
labour, transportation, etc. required to complete the item.

129
Providing and fixing factory made PVC door frame manufactured by M/s. Rajshri
or its equivalent of size 50 x 47 mm with a wall thickness of 5mm made out of
extruded 5mm rigid PVC foam sheet mitred at corners and joined with 2 nos. of
150mm long brackets of 15 x 15 mm MS square tube, the vertical door profiles to
be reinforced with 19x19mm MS square tube of 19 gauge, EPDM rubber gasket
weather seal to be provided throughout the frame. the door frame to be fixed to
the wall using MS screws of 65/100mm size complete as per manufacturer's
specifications etc. complete as directed.

Specification shall be as per item description.

Payment shall be made on the basis of running metre of the frame fixed and shall not
include wastage, if any and will be inclusive of tools, tackles, labour , transportation, etc.
required to complete the item.

Providing B.B. Masonry chamber for earthing pit of approved size and drawing
including 40 mm thick. PSC cover with 25mm dia. hole in centre for watering,
necessary excavation bottom concreting of 150mm thick BBCC (1:4:8) below RCC
1:2:4 lintel beam only, with 2 Nos. of lintel beam of size 1.52 x 0.23 x 0.15 and 2
Nos. of lintel beam of size 1.06 x 0.23 x 0.15 out to out with 5 Nos. of 8 mm dia.
bars & 6mm dia., 11 Nos. rings, and 4 Nos. of 8mm dia. bars & 6mm 5 Nos. rings
respectively, 225mm thick B.B. masonry in CM (1:6), 12mm thick. Cement plaster
in CM (1:3) inside as per requirement (without bottom) and to all exposed faces
upto 300mm below, including disposal of excavated earth within or outside s/s
premises for any lead including making groove at top of masonry wall for fixing
40mm thick PSC cover flush to top of man hole, 3 coats of white or colour wash to
all exposed finished surface & green colour oil paint to PSC cover etc. complete as
directed by E.I.C.

A 600 x 600 clear size with BB masonry upto 1000mm depth.

B.B. masonry inspection chamber (manhole) of specified size, item shall be constructed
at location shown with base concrete of (1:4:8) B.B.C.C. 150mm thick, 225mm thick.
Brick masonry wall in c.m. (1:6) shall be constructed of width as per drawing or as per
details furnished on site. Plastering inside including bottom and outside 300mm below
final ground level shall be provided in c.m. (1:3) 12mm thick. Curing the cement work,
fixing P. S. C. manhole cover as per size of the chamber including necessary excavation,
backfilling, disposed off surplus earth etc., complete, necessary chamber shall be
provided with slope in bottom P. S. C. cover shall be painted with 3 coats of green
colour oil paint of approved make.

Specification of earth work and backfilling of section B, specification of brick masonry of

section C, specification of concrete of section D, and plastering section E shall be
followed.

Payment shall be made on number of chamber constructed of the size specified in the
tender with all operations as per item.

Providing and fixing galvanized chain link jali 2" 10 x 10 gauge inserting 2
nos. of 4mm dia GI HT wire at top and bottom along the length in alternate
links and fixing the same with angle supports using GI wires of appropriate

130
size or GI 'U' pin approved by EIC including transportation, cutting,
wastage. Joints shall be aligned at angle supports only.

Galvenized chain link jali having 2” (50mm) 10x 10 gauge wire and 2 metre height shall
be used for execution of this item. The chain link jali shall be fixed with angle supports
using 4mm dia GI HT wire at top and bottom passed through alternate links. To give
sufficient fixity with angle supports extra GI wire shall be wound through links and along
the supports or GI ‘U” pins shall be used to fix the jali with angle supports as directed by
the engineer – in – Charge.

Joints shall be aligned at the supports and an overlap of minimum 300 mm shall be given
where jali ends.

Payment shall be made on the basis of running metre.

Supplying & Stacking rubble stone of approved quality for road soling of
about 200 to 250 mm. size including transportation, stacking rubble close in
rectangular stack etc., complete as directed by E.I.C. ( FOR VOIDS 25%
WILL BE DEDUCTED.)

Rubble of approved quality and size specified shall be supplied. Rubble shall
conform to material specification M-16. Only rubble of required size shall be
supplied and no undersize rubble shall be accepted. Rubble shall be stacked at
the place shown in regular stacks of the size approved by the engineer – in –
Charge.

Payment shall be made on stack measurement basis on cubic metre. 25 % of

the quantity arrived at shall be deducted for voids.

Labour charges for laying rubble in 225 mm. thick layer for soling with
required grade & camber & filling the voids with small size of chips and
earth & watering consolidating by 8 to 10 tonnes power roller etc., complete
as directed by E.I.C.

The rubble collected and stacked on site shall be used for soling work. Soling shall be
done in such a manner that the required thickness of 225mm is obtained after the rolling.
The rubble shall be provided close so as to leave minimum voids. All the voids shall be
filled with small size chips of the same quality of rubble, when soling and filling is
completed it shall be got checked and finally the yellow earth shall be spread over it. The
surface shall be rolled dry with 8 to 10 tonnes roller and the voids shall be filled up by
brooming. The surface shall be watered and rolled again and broomed so that all the
voids are filled up. Due care shall be taken to see that the required grade and camber
are maintained. The rolling shall be done as instructed by the Engineer-in-charge so that
no undulation or wavy surface is obtained. The rolling operation shall be repeated for
required final surface is obtained as desired.

The rate quoted shall be for all labour, tools, tackles, machineries etc. The
measurements shall be paid on actual Sq. Meter of the work carried out.

Boring holes in ordinary soil, sand, clay soft murrum, hard murrum and soft
rock (for cast in situ piles) under ream piles of 350 MM diameter up to 4.0 M
depth from GL with two bulbs in each pile as per dimension and position,

131
as per drawing including using the Bentonite as per requirement during
drilling including all tools and tackles, labours and drilling equipment,
manually or mechanically etc. complete as directed include disposing the
stuff to a lead of 500 Mtr. radius as directed by E.I.C. (The concreting &
reinforcement will be paid separately in respective items).

1.0 Workmanship :
1.1 The ground shall be roughly leveled and after marking the position of piles, the holes
shall be bored with aspiral angle to the 4.0m depth and specified diameter using boring
guide.
1.2 The bore holes shall be truly vertical and uniform bore throughout of specified
diameter. After boring to the required depth, the bore shall be cleared off the loose soil
and disposal of surplus excavated stuff as directed up to a lead of 500 metres.
1.3 The bore shall be enlarged at two places at the specified depth by an under reamer 2
to 2 ½ times the diameter of the bore to make a bulb as directed. It shall be ensured that
the bore for the pile shall be enlarged to the correct diameter.
2.0 Mode of measurement and payments :
2.1 The rate of boring holes shall include :
(a) Roughly leveling the ground in positions where piles are to be provided.
(b) Marking the position of piles by pegs and boring guide and also for shifting of boring
guide.
(c) Making of two nos. of bulbs.
(c) Bailing out water, if any met with during boring.
(d) Disposal of surplus excavated soil within a lead of 50m and
(e) All tools, plants, equipments and labour, materials like Bentonite, etc. required for
satisfactory completion of work.
2.2 The rate shall be for a unit of one running metre.
Providing & Fixing special G.I. 'R' brand or I.S.I. approved quality fittings
including cutting the pipe, threading, making water tight joints etc.,
complete as directed by E.I.C. 50mm dia bend
All the fittings shall be heavy type ‘R’ brand or as per ISI standard for drinking
water supply line. Fittings shall be fixed to the line with threading of pipe etc. and
joint shall be made water tight as described in general specifications.

Payment shall be made for number supplied and fixed in line as per drawing or
as instructed.
Disposing off the excavated stuff of the items of excavation for lead of 400
to 500 metres. For any lead less than the above, rate shall be reduced as
per R&B SOR 2005 - 06 for Vadodara District.
Unsuitable materials obtained from clearing site and excavation shall be disposed off
within the lead specified and as directed beyond the building area using necessary tools,
tackles, equipments etc.

Payment shall be made on the cu. Metre basis for the material disposed off for specified
lead. If required contractor may be asked to dispose off the stuff at a lesser lead for
which rate will be reduced as per R&B SOR year 2005-06 for Vadodara district. The rate
is inclusive of all labour, tools, tackles, equipments, etc.

132
SECTION :E
APPENDICES

133
 (E) APPENDICES
APPENDIX –I
TENDERER’S EXPERIENCE
A List of Similar jobs executed by the Contractor &Name with address of a Person whom
reference can be made, by the Corporation, if required necessary.
[Tenderers shall submit the information in the Format detailed here under]

Sr. Descriptio Value Construct Actual Date Clie Persons Principal

No n Of Work ion Constructi Of nt to Features
of Work Executed Period on Completion whom
Rs. as per Period Reference
Contract for the may be
Completio made
n
of the
work

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Contractor’s Representative legible signature: ______________________

Name of the person: __________________________________________
Seal of the company
Date & place:

134
 APPENDIX – II
WORKS TENDERED / IN HAND
Details of other Works, tendered for & in hand , as on the date of the Submission of this
tender [Tenderers shall submit the information in the
Format detailed here under]
Sr. Name of Work in hand Work Tender for Remark
No work with s
location
and
address
Tender Cost of Anticipated Estimated Date Stipulated
Cost Remaining Date of Cost when Date or
work Completion decis period
ion Of
Is
Completio
Expe
cted n

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Contractor’s Representative legible signature: ______________________

Name of the person: __________________________________________
Seal of the company Date & place:
_______________________________________________

135
 GETCO
APPENDIX-III
TENDERER’S DETAILS OF PERSONNEL
The List of Technical Personnel intended to be placed at the Work by the Contractor.
[Tenderers shall submit in the Format detailed here under]
Sr. Description Name Qualification Professional Remarks
No. &Details Experience
of position & details of
works
carried out

1 2 3 4 5 6

Contractor’s Representative legible signature: ______________________

Name of the person: __________________________________________
Seal of the company
Date & place: ______________________________________________

136
 Gujarat Energy Transmission Corporation Ltd.

APPENDIX-IV

TENDERER’S DETAILS OF MACHINERY

The List of Technical Personnel intended to be placed at the Work by the
Contractor.
[Tenderer shall submit in the Format detailed here under.

Sr. Description & Capacity Numbers Make Remarks

No. Details
machinery

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)

Contractor’s Representative legible signature: ______________________

Name of the person: __________________________________________

Seal of the company

Date & place: _______________________________________________

137
 Gujarat Energy Transmission Corporation Ltd.

APPENDIX-V

PERFORMA, SHOWING THE DETAILS OF SITE VISIT DONE BY AGENCY

BEFORE QUOTING THE TENDER.
[Tenderers shall submit in the Format detailed here under]

Sr. Name of Name of Qualification Designation / Remarks.

No. firm Authorized post holding
representative in company.
of firm who has
visited the site.
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)

Contractor’s Representative legible signature: ______________________

Name of the person: __________________________________________

Seal of the company
Date & place: _______________________________________________

138